Samsung Electronics Co SMN900A Multi-Band GSM/ EDGE/ WCDMA/ LTE Phone with WLAN, Bluetooth, RFID and ANT+ User Manual H

Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Multi-Band GSM/ EDGE/ WCDMA/ LTE Phone with WLAN, Bluetooth, RFID and ANT+ H

Users Manual

MOBILE PHONEUser ManualPlease read this manual before operating yourphone, and keep it for future reference. SM-N900APreliminary
SM-N900A_UM_English_UCUAMH2_WC_081213_D1Intellectual PropertyAll Intellectual Property, as defined below, owned by or which is otherwise the property of Samsung or its respective suppliers relating to the SAMSUNG Phone, including but not limited to, accessories, parts, or software relating there to (the “Phone System”), is proprietary to Samsung and protected under federal laws, state laws, and international treaty provisions. Intellectual Property includes, but is not limited to, inventions (patentable or unpatentable), patents, trade secrets, copyrights, software, computer programs, and related documentation and other works of authorship. You may not infringe or otherwise violate the rights secured by the Intellectual Property. Moreover, you agree that you will not (and will not attempt to) modify, prepare derivative works of, reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, or otherwise attempt to create source code from the software. No title to or ownership in the Intellectual Property is transferred to you. All applicable rights of the Intellectual Property shall remain with SAMSUNG and its suppliers.Open Source SoftwareSome software components of this product incorporate source code covered under GNU General Public License (GPL), GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL), OpenSSL License, BSD License and other open source licenses. To obtain the source code covered under the open source licenses, please visit:http://opensource.samsung.com.Disclaimer of Warranties; Exclusion of LiabilityEXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE EXPRESS WARRANTY CONTAINED ON THE WARRANTY PAGE ENCLOSED WITH THE PRODUCT, THE PURCHASER TAKES THE PRODUCT "AS IS", AND SAMSUNG MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THE PRODUCT OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE; THE DESIGN, CONDITION OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT; THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PRODUCT; THE WORKMANSHIP OF THE PRODUCT OR THE COMPONENTS CONTAINED THEREIN; OR COMPLIANCE OF THE PRODUCT WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANY LAW, RULE, SPECIFICATION OR CONTRACT PERTAINING By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
THERETO. NOTHING CONTAINED IN THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO CREATE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. IN ADDITION, SAMSUNG SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OF ANY KIND RESULTING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ARISING FROM THE BREACH OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY, INCLUDING INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR LOSS OF ANTICIPATED PROFITS OR BENEFITS.Modification of SoftwareSAMSUNG IS NOT LIABLE FOR PERFORMANCE ISSUES OR INCOMPATIBILITIES CAUSED BY YOUR EDITING OF REGISTRY SETTINGS, OR YOUR MODIFICATION OF OPERATING SYSTEM SOFTWARE. USING CUSTOM OPERATING SYSTEM SOFTWARE MAY CAUSE YOUR DEVICE AND APPLICATIONS TO WORK IMPROPERLY. YOUR CARRIER MAY NOT PERMIT USERS TO DOWNLOAD CERTAIN SOFTWARE, SUCH AS CUSTOM OS.SAFE™ (Samsung Approved For Enterprise) SAFE™: "SAFE™" (Samsung for Enterprise) is a mark for a Samsung device which has been tested against Samsung's own internal criteria for interoperability with certain third party security-related solutions for MDM and VPN. The testing includes field testing with local network connection and menu tree testing which tests functionality of the solutions in conjunction with the Samsung device. During the testing, the device is tested with the security solutions to see if the solutions work with the device as described by the third party security solution providers. The testing, for example, includes field testing with local network connection and menu tree testing which tests functionality of the solutions in conjunction with the Samsung device. For more information about Samsung's SAFE™ program, please refer to www.samsung.com/us/safe.Disclaimer of Warranties: EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN THEIR STANDARD END USER LICENSE AND WARRANTY, TO THE FULL EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO., LTD., SAMSUNG TELECOMMUNICATIONS AMERICA, LLC, AND THEIR AFFILIATES (COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREIN AS THE "SAMSUNG ENTITIES") EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, INTEROPERABILITY OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, WITH RESPECT TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY PROTECTION, SAFE™ By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
DEVICES AND APPLICATIONS TESTED WITH SAFE™ DEVICES. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE SAMSUNG ENTITIES BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY PROTECTION, SAFE™ DEVICES OR APPLICATIONS TESTED WITH SAFE™ DEVICES. In addition, information technology security protection will be affected by features or functionality associated with, among other things the e-mail platform, master data management, and virtual private network solutions selected by the software provider, solution provider or user. Choice of an e-mail, master data management, and virtual private network solution is at the sole discretion of the software provider, solution provider or user and any associated effect on information technology security protection is solely the responsibility of the software provider, solution provider or user. For complete statement of limited warranty, please refer to www.samsung.com/us/safe, available on the web and where Samsung smartphone and Galaxy Tab™ devices are sold. [101212] Samsung Telecommunications America (STA), LLCHeadquarters:1301 E. Lookout DriveRichardson, TX 75082Customer Care Center:1000 Klein Rd.Plano, TX 75074Toll Free Tel: 1.888.987.HELP (4357)By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
©2013 Samsung Telecommunications America, LLC. Samsung is a registered trademark of Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.Do you have questions about your Samsung Mobile Phone? For 24 hour information and assistance, we offer a new FAQ/ARS System (Automated Response System) at: http://www.samsung.com/us/support.Nuance®, VSuite™, T9® Text Input, and the Nuance logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nuance Communications, Inc., or its affiliates in the United States and/or other countries.The Bluetooth® word mark, figure mark (stylized “B Design”), and combination mark (Bluetooth word mark and “B Design”) are registered trademarks and are wholly owned by the Bluetooth SIG.microSD™ and the microSD logo are Trademarks of the SD Card Association.Openwave® is a registered Trademark of Openwave, Inc.LTE is a trademark of ETSI. and are trademarks of SRS Labs, Inc. CS Headphone and WOW HD technologies are incorporated under license from SRS Labs, Inc., DivX®, DivX Certified® and associated logos are trademarks of Rovi Corporation or its subsidiaries and are used under license.DivX Certified® to play DivX® video up to HD 720p, including premium content.ABOUT DIVX VIDEO: DivX® is a digital video format created by DivX, LLC, a subsidiary of Rovi Corporation. This is an official DivX Certified® device that has passed rigorous testing to verify that it plays DivX video. Visit www.divx.com for more information and software tools to convert your files into DivX videos.Internet Address: http://www.samsung.comBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
ABOUT DIVX VIDEO-ON-DEMAND: This DivX Certified® device must be registered in order to play purchased DivX Video-on-Demand (VOD) movies. To obtain your registration code, locate the DivX VOD section in your device setup menu (tap Apps > Settings > General > About device > Legal information > License settings > DivX® VOD > Register). Go to vod.divx.com for more information on how to complete your registration.Google, the Google logo, Android, the Android logo, Google Play, Gmail, Google Mail, Google Maps, Google Music, Google Hangouts, Picasa, YouTube and other marks are trademarks of Google Inc.Wi-Fi is a registered trademark of the Wireless Fidelity Alliance, Inc.Swype and the Swype logos are trademarks of Swype, Inc. © 2010 Swype, Inc. All rights reserved.Devices purchased for use on AT&T's system are designed for use exclusively on AT&T's system. You agree that you won't make any modifications to the Equipment or programming to enable the Equipment to operate on any other system. A voice plan is required on all voice-capable devices, unless specifically noted otherwise in the terms governing your agreement. Some devices or plans may require you to subscribe to a data plan.Your phone is designed to make it easy for you to access a wide variety of content. For your protection, AT&T wants you to be aware that some applications that you enable may involve the location of your phone being shared. For applications available through AT&T, AT&T offers privacy controls that let you decide how an application may use the location of your phone and other phones on your account. However, AT&T's privacy tools do not apply to applications available outside of AT&T. Please review the terms and conditions and the associated privacy policy for each location-based service to learn how location information will be used and protected.Your phone may be used to access the Internet and to download, and/or purchase goods, applications, and services from AT&T or elsewhere from third parties. AT&T provides tools for you to control access to the Internet and certain Internet content. These controls may not be available for certain devices which bypass AT&T controls.AT&T may collect certain types of information from your device when you use AT&T services to provide customer support and to improve its services. For more information on AT&T's Privacy Policy, visit http://www.att.com/privacy. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Your phone features earSmart™, an intelligent voice processor that delivers a clear voice experience, allowing you to hear and be heard™ in nearly any environment. earSmart technology uses the science of human hearing to distinguish sounds, identify your voice and suppress surrounding noise, for clear conversations just about anywhere.How Does It Work?• The earSmart voice processor in your phone captures your voice and all the sounds around you.• Working like the human ear, it processes and distinguishes these sounds, isolates your voice conversation, and removes background noise - from both ends of a call.• It also automatically equalizes and adjusts voice volume so you can hear and talk naturally, even in the noisiest places.• With earSmart technology, you can talk where you want, and have clear conversations for mobile calls, video chats, even speakerphone calls, without worrying about surrounding noise. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
1Table of ContentsSection 1: Getting Started ............................ 6Setting Up Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Charging a Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Switching the Phone On or Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Locking and Unlocking the Touch Screen . . . . . 12Setting up your Phone with Ready2Go??? . . . . . 12Creating a Samsung Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Creating a New Google Account . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Retrieving your Google Account Password . . . . . 13Setting Up Your Voice Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Section 2: Understanding Your Phone ....... 15Features of Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Front View of Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Side Views of Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Rear View of Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18S Pen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Display Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Menu Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Using the Multi Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Customizing Your Home Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Notification Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Memory Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Entering Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Section 3: Call Functions ............................ 47Displaying Your Phone Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Making a Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Making Emergency Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Making a Call Using Speed Dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Making a Call from the Address Book . . . . . . . . 50Answering a Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Dialing Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Call Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Call Duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Options During a Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Call Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Section 4: Contacts and Your Address Book ......................................................... 65AT&T Address Book Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Adding a New Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Editing an Existing Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
2Using Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68Joining Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Synchronizing Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71Address Book Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74Address Book Favorites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75Managing Address Book Contacts . . . . . . . . . . .75Section 5: Multimedia .................................78AT&T Locker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78Media Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78Music Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80Music Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81Using Playlists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83Google Play Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84Video Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Play Movies & TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Gallery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89Using the Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89Camera Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Using the Camcorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94Camcorder Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Section 6: Messaging ..................................98Types of Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Creating and Sending Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 98Message Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Viewing New Received Messages . . . . . . . . . 101Deleting Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Message Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Messaging Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Using Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Using Gmail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Google Talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Google + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Messenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Messages App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110ChatON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Section 7: Changing Your Settings ...........113Accessing Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Settings Tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Wi-Fi Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Bluetooth settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Data Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116More networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
3NFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121S Beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Nearby devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Screen Mirroring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Kies via Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Lock Screen Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125LED indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Home screen mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Driving Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Browser Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127One-handed operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Language and input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Motions and Gestures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Smart screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Air view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Voice control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136S Pen Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Location services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Sound Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Call Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Add Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Date and time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Blocking Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Power saving mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Accessory Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Back up and reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Application Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154About Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Section 8: Connections ............................. 160Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167NFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170PC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Section 9: Applications ............................. 176ATT Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176AT&T Code Scanner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176AT&T DriveMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177AT&T FamilyMap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
4AT&T Locker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178AT&T Navigator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178AT&T Ready2Go . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178AT&T Smart Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181ChatON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185DeviceHelp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185Downloads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185Earth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Flipboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Gallery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Gmail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Google . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187Google + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187Kies air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187Local . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Media Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Messenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Mobile Hotspot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Music Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Music Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190My Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190myAT&T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Paper Artist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Play Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Play Magazines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Play Movies & TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Play Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Play Store . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Polaris Office 4.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195S Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195S Suggest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195S Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
5Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Video Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Voice Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Voice Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198YouTube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198YPmobile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Section 10: Health and Safety Information ............................................ 202Exposure to Radio Frequency (RF) Signals . . . . 202Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) Certification Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207FCC Part 15 Information to User . . . . . . . . . . . 209Commercial Mobile Alerting System (CMAS) . . 209Smart Practices While Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Battery Use and Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Samsung Mobile Products and Recycling . . . . 213UL Certified Travel Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Display / Touch-Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214GPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Emergency Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Care and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Responsible Listening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Operating Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility (HAC) Regulations for Wireless Devices . . . . . . . . . 221Restricting Children's Access to Your Mobile Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223FCC Notice and Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Other Important Safety Information . . . . . . . . . 224Section 11: Warranty Information ............ 226Standard Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226End User License Agreement for Software . . . . 231Section 12: Samsung Product Registration ............................................ 239Index .........................................................240By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Getting Started 6Section 1: Getting StartedThis section explains how to start using your phone by first configuring your hardware, activating your service, and then setting up your voice mail.Setting Up Your PhonePrior to use it is necessary to install both the battery and SIM into their corresponding internal compartments. The microSD™ card slot is also located in this same internal area.1. Remove the back cover by inserting a fingernail into the slot on the top of your phone (1). 2. Lift the cover up (2) and to the right of the phone. Caution! Do not bend or twist the back cover excessively. Doing so may damage the cover.Installing the SIM CardWhen you subscribe to a cellular network, you are provided with a plug-in SIM card loaded with your subscription details, such as your PIN, available optional services, and many others features.FPOFPOBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
7Important! The plug-in SIM card information and its contacts can be easily damaged by scratching or bending, so be careful when handling, inserting, or removing the card. Keep all SIM cards out of reach of small children. Carefully slide the SIM card into the SIM card socket (as shown) until the card locks into place. •Make sure that the card’s gold contacts face into the phone and that the upper-left angled corner of the card is positioned as shown.Note: If the card is not inserted correctly, the phone will not detect the SIM card. Re-orient the card back into the slot if the SIM is not detected.Installing the Battery1. Insert the battery into the opening on the back of the phone, making sure the connectors align (1). 2. Gently press down to secure the battery (2).FPOFPOFPOBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Getting Started 8Removing and Installing the Memory CardYou can use a microSD (SD) or microSDHC card to expand available memory space if you desire. This secure digital card enables you to exchange images, music, and data between SD-compatible devices. This type of memory card is designed for use with this mobile phone and other devices.Note: Your phone has been tested to support up to a 64GB memory card.Installing the Memory Card Push the microSD card into the slot until it clicks (as shown). •Make sure the microSD’s gold contact pins face downward and the card is securely inserted.For more information on Memory Cards, see “Memory Card” on page 40.Removing the Memory Card1. Push on the memory card until it clicks and is released. 2. Grasp the memory card and remove it from the phone.FPOBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
9Installing the Back Cover1. Place the battery cover onto the back of the phone (1) and press down (2).2. Press along the edge of the back cover (3) until you have a secure seal.Note: Make sure the battery is properly installed before switching on the phone.Charging a BatteryYour device is powered by a rechargeable Li-ion battery. The Travel Charger that is used to charge the battery, is included with your device. Use only Samsung-approved batteries and chargers. FPOFPOBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Getting Started 10Note: You must fully charge the battery before using your phone for the first time. A discharged battery recharges fully in approximately 4 hours.Note: Long backlight settings, searching for service, vibrate mode, web browser use, and other variables may reduce the battery’s talk and standby times.Although you can use the phone while the battery is charging, doing so will require additional charging time. Using the Travel ChargerImportant! Verify that the handset battery is installed prior to connection. If the battery is not properly installed and the wall charger is connected, the handset may power off and on continuously, preventing proper operation.1. Plug the flat end of the Travel Charger into the Power/Accessory Interface connector and the other end into a standard AC wall outlet.2. When charging is finished, remove the flat end from the interface connector jack on the phone.FPOBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
11Warning! If your handset has a touch screen display, please note that a touch screen responds best to a light touch from the pad of your finger. Using excessive force or a metallic object when pressing on the touch screen may damage the tempered glass surface and void the warranty. For more information, refer to “Standard Limited Warranty” on page 226.Note: Failure to unplug the wall charger before you remove the battery, can cause damage to the phone.Low Battery IndicatorWhen the battery is weak and only a few minutes of talk time remain, the battery icon ( ) blinks and the device sounds a warning tone at regular intervals. In this condition, your phone conserves its remaining battery power, not by turning off the backlight, but by entering the dimming mode. For a quick check of your battery level, glance at the battery charge indicator located in the upper-right corner of your device’s display. Solid color ( ) indicates a full charge.When the battery level becomes too low, the phone automatically turns off.Switching the Phone On or Off1. Press and hold until the phone switches on.2. Swipe your finger across the screen to unlock the phone.Note: The display language is preset to English at the factory. To change the language, use the Language menu. For more information, refer to “Changing Your Settings” on page 113.FPOBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Getting Started 123. To switch off the phone, press and hold , until the Device options screen displays.4. Tap Power off to switch off the phone.5. At the Power off prompt, tap OK.Locking and Unlocking the Touch Screen1. When your phone is on, press to lock the touch screen and turn off the display.2. Press again to display the lock screen then swipe your finger across the screen to unlock.3. note about lock screen options ???Setting up your Phone with Ready2Go???When you turn on your phone for the first time, you will be prompted to setup the AT&T Ready2Go feature.AT&T Ready2Go allows you to quickly and easily setup your phone by using the web browser on your PC. You can set-up email accounts, import contacts, set wallpaper, configure Wi-Fi and many more features.1. When the Fast & Easy Phone Set-Up screen displays, tap Select Language if you want to change the default language.2. Touch Get Started to begin.– or –Touch Cancel to set up your phone later. You can access Ready2Go by tapping Applications ➔ AT&T Ready2Go .3. Read and follow the instructions on each screen.Creating a Samsung AccountAn active Samsung account is required to begin accessing applications such as ChatON and AllShare Play. If you did not create a Samsung account when you first set up your phone, follow these steps:1. From the home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Add account.2. Tap Samsung account.3. Tap Create new account.4. Tap Terms and conditions to read them and tap OK.5. Tap the I accept all the terms above checkbox.6. Tap Privacy policy and read the policy and tap OK.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
137. Tap Agree.8. Enter the required information and tap Sign up.9. At the Welcome screen, tap Next.10. Follow the on-screen instructions to verify your email address and activate your account.Creating a New Google AccountIn order to utilize your device to the fullest extent, you will need to create a Google™ Account when you first use your device. With a Google Account, Google applications will always be in sync between your phone and computer.If you did not create a new account during the setup procedure when you first turned your phone on, follow these steps:1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Gmail.The Add a Google Account screen displays.2. Tap New to create a new Google account.– or –If you already have a Google account, tap Existing to sign in and add the account to your phone.3. Follow the on-screen instructions to add a Google Account.Note: Once you have created a Google account, you only need to sign in.Retrieving your Google Account PasswordA Google account password is required for Google applications. If you misplace or forget your Google Account password, follow these instructions to retrieve it:1. From your computer, use an Internet browser and navigate to http://google.com/accounts.2. Click on the Can’t access your account? link.3. Tap the I don’t know my password radio button.4. Enter your Email address and click Continue. 5. Follow the password recovery procedure.Setting Up Your Voice Mail1. From the Home screen, tap , then tap .2. Follow the tutorial to create a password, record a greeting, and record your name.Note: These steps may be different depending on your network.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Getting Started 14Accessing Your Voice Mail1. From the Home screen, tap , then tap .You may be prompted to enter a password.2. When connected, follow the voice prompts from the voice mail center. Accessing Your Voice Mail From Another Phone1. Dial your wireless phone number.2. When you hear your voicemail greeting, press the asterisk key on the phone you are using.3. Enter your password.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
15Section 2: Understanding Your PhoneThis section outlines some key features of your phone and describes the screen and the icons that appear when the phone is in use. It also shows how to navigate through the phone and provides information on using a memory card.Features of Your PhoneYour phone is lightweight, easy-to-use and offers many useful features. The following list outlines a few of the features included in your phone.• 4G LTE network with 1.9 gigahertz quad-core processor• Android v 4.3, Jelly Bean Platform• Brilliant 4.99” HD Super AMOLED® screen (1920 x 1080)• Touch screen provides quick response to a variety of in-phone menus and options including applications, multi-windows and up to seven home screens• Smart Switch™ compliant. For more information, see www.samsungsmartswitch.com• Ready access to the Internet• Built-in Bluetooth and advanced Wi-Fi® technology• USB Tethering-capable• Mobile Hotspot capability• 13 Megapixel camera and camcorder with 2 Megapixel Front Facing camera• AT&T GPS Navigation functionality provides real-time navigation• HSDPA 7.2 mbps high speed download capability• Up to 64 GB expandable memory slot• Corporate and Personal Email• Sync and update social network applications• Apps available to download via Google Play Store™• Access to Movies and TV Shows with Samsung Media Hub• Full Integration of Google Mobile™ Services (Gmail, YouTube, Google Maps, Google Voice Search)• Multiple Messaging Options: Text/Picture/Video Messaging, and Instant Messaging with Google Hangouts• DivX Certified® to play DivX® video up to HD 1080p, including premium content• AllShare™ Play to share your media content across DLNA certified devicesBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Understanding Your Phone 16Front View of Your Phone 1.Status light: displays red when charging, green when fully charged, blue when powering up, and orange when a notification has arrived.2.External speaker: allows you to hear the caller.3. Application icons: you can place shortcuts to your favorite applications on the Home screen.4. Primary shortcuts: allows quick access to important features such as Phone, Contacts, Messaging, Internet, and Apps. 5. Menu key: allows you to access sub-menus with additional options for different features and applications such as Home screen, Phone, Contacts, Messaging, and Web.6. Home key: allows you to return to the main Home screen from any Home screen or menu. Press and hold to display Recent apps, Task Manager, and Google Search. Quickly press twice to activate the S Voice application.7. Back key: allows you step backwards when navigating a menu or web page.73245861131211109FPOBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
178.Home screen indicator: shows which Home screen is presently displayed.9. Google Quick Search bar: a shortcut to Google Search that allows you to search for items on the internet.10. AccuWeather screen: displays Time, Day, Date, Temperature and weather conditions for your area.11. Indicator icons: shows the information needed to operate your phone, such as the received signal strength, phone battery level, time, unread Emails, missed calls, etc.12.Front facing camera: allows you to take pictures of yourself when you set the camera shooting mode to Self shot.13.Proximity and Light sensors: uses the ambient light level to adjust keypad access. If the light path is blocked, for example, when holding the phone close to your ear, the touch screen will turn off.Side Views of Your Phone 5124376FPOBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Understanding Your Phone 181.3.5mm Headset jack: allows you to plug in headphones.2.Volume keys: allow you to adjust the ringer volume while in standby mode or adjust the voice volume during a call. When receiving an incoming call, briefly press down either volume key ( ) to mute the ring tone. Adjusts text size when reading a message.3.Microphone: allows other callers to hear you when you are speaking to them. It is also used for the Speakerphone.4. Power/Accessory Interface connector: allows you to connect a Travel Charger or other optional accessories such as a USB/data cable or a hands-free headset for convenient, hands-free conversations.5. Power/Lock key: ( ) lets you power your phone on and off. Also allows you to lock or unlock the touch screen. For more information on locking your phone, see “Locking and Unlocking the Phone” on page 29.6.Infrared Blaster: Used to emit infrared signals used for controlling external devices. 7.Microphone: used for noise cancellation and stereo recording.Rear View of Your Phone 1.Camera lens: is used to take pictures and shoot videos.2.External speaker: allows you to hear when the Speakerphone is turned on.3.S Pen: a stylus that assists you in performing different functions.2413FPOBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
194.Flash: is used to provide adequate light when taking pictures in dark places.S PenThe S Pen is a stylus that assists you in performing different functions. By using the Pen button, you can minimize having to switch between touch and pen input.1.Pen button: by pressing the Pen button, you can add functionality to the S Pen. For more information, refer to “Using the S Pen” on page 20.2.Stylus tip: the tip of the S Pen is used for tapping the screen.Rich S Pen Functionality• Air View: Hover S Pen over the screen to preview information.• Effectively express yourself: Write/Draw directly into an email, or the calendar, annotate Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and PDF documents, capture your ideas in S Note, write a note on the back of the picture.• Quick Command: Launch Quick Command to activate frequently used applications or actions. Press the S Pen button and then drag the S Pen up the screen to display the Quick Command window.• Easy Clip: Instantly outline and crop anything on the screen and freely edit or share with others.12By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Understanding Your Phone 20Removing the S Pen from your PhoneThe S Pen is stored in your phone to make it easier to keep track of.To remove the S Pen, follow these steps:1. Use your fingernail or a sharp object to pull the end of the S Pen out of the phone (1).2. Pull the S Pen out of the phone (2).Using the S PenThere are several different functions you can perform by using the S Pen.Back Button To move to a previous screen, hold the S Pen button and touch and drag the screen as shown in the illustration below. The previous screen displays.Press S PenButtonBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
21Menu ButtonTo display the menu from any screen, hold the S Pen button and touch and drag the screen as shown in the illustration below. The menu displays.Launch S Note LiteS Note Lite is an application that you can launch from any screen to take quick notes or jot down ideas. To open S Note Lite, hold the S Pen button and double-tap the screen. To access the full S Note application, see “S Note” on page 195.Press S Pen buttonPress S Pen buttonBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Understanding Your Phone 22Screen CaptureTo take a screen capture, hold the S Pen button and tap and hold the S Pen anywhere on the screen. Files are saved in the My Files ➔ All files ➔ sdcard0 ➔ Pictures ➔ Screenshots folder. You can also find them in your Gallery in the Screenshots album.Write on any Screen after CaptureTo write on a screen capture, use the pen to draw or write. Files are saved in the My Files ➔ All files ➔ sdcard0 ➔ Pictures ➔ Screenshots ➔ IMG_edited folder.For information on using your S Pen with the S Note application, see “S Note” on page 195.Press and Hold S Pen button Draw or WriteBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
23Air viewWhen you hold the S Pen near the screen, a pointer appears on the screen. Move the pointer to files, subjects, or options to preview the contents or view information in pop-up windows.You can scroll through panels or lists by moving the pointer to an edge (top/bottom/left/right) of the screen.Display LayoutYour display screen provides a wealth of information about the phone’s status and options, as well as providing access to application icons. For more information, refer to “Front View of Your Phone” on page 16. Indicator IconsThis list identifies the symbols you’ll see on your phone’s display and Indicator area: Displays your current signal strength. The greater the number of bars, the stronger the signal.Indicates that the Airplane Mode is active. You cannot send or receive any calls or access online information.Displays when there is no SIM card in the phone.Displays when there is no network available.Displays when your phone is in Blocking mode.Displays when there is a system error or alert.Displays when the S pen has been removed from the phone.Displays when a call is in progress.Displays when a call is on hold.Displays when the speakerphone is on.Displays when a call has been missed.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Understanding Your Phone 24Displays when a call has been muted.Displays when Call forwarding is set to Always forward. For more information, refer to “Call forwarding” on page 61.Displays your battery charge level. Icon shown is fully charged.Displays when your battery is charging. Also displays battery charge level.Device Power Very Low – Shows your current battery only has between 5 and 15 percent power remaining.Device Power Critical – Shows your current battery only has less than 5 percent power remaining and will immediately shutdown.Displays when your connection to an EDGE network is active.Displays when your phone is communicating with the EDGE network.Displays when your connection to a UTMS, HSDPA, HSPA, or HSPA+ network is active.Displays when your phone is communicating with the UTMS, HSDPA, HSPA, or HSPA+ network.Displays when your connection to a 4G LTE network is active.Displays when your phone is communicating with the 4G LTE network.Displays when your phone is downloading or has downloaded a file. It will blink green when it is installing.Displays when the an outbound file transfer is in progress.Displays when a Play Store download has completed.Displays when updates are available for download.Displays when the phone is connected to a computer via a supported USB cable connection.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
25Displays when the phone is tethered via a supported USB cable connection.Displays when a new text or multimedia message is received.Displays when a new voice mail is received.Displays when Email is received.Displays when the time and date for a Calendar Event has arrived. For more information, refer to “Calendar” on page 179.Displays when you set an alarm to ring at a specified time. For more information, refer to “Alarm” o n p a g e 181.Displays when the Sound profile is set to Mute.Displays when the Sound profile is set to Vibrate.Displays when Bluetooth is activated.Displays when a Bluetooth device has been paired with the phone.Displays when Wi-Fi is connected, active, and communicating with a Wireless Access Point (WAP).Displays when Wi-Fi is active but there is a communication issue with the target Wireless Access Point (WAP).Displays when Wi-Fi Direct is active and your phone is connected to another device.Displays when your phone as been configured as a portable Wi-Fi hotspot.Displays when your phone is connected to a PC using Kies air.Displays when your phone is connected to a Digital Living Network Alliance (DLNA) certified device using the AllShare Play application.Displays when GPS is active and acquiring a signal.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Understanding Your Phone 26For more details on configuring your phone’s settings, see “Changing Your Settings” on page 113.Google Search BarThe Google Search Bar provides you an on-screen Internet search engine powered by Google™.1. From the main home screen, tap the Google Search bar .2. Use the on-screen keypad to enter the item you want to search for, then tap .3. Tap to use Google Voice Search. Follow the on-screen instructions.Displays when data synchronization and application sync is active and synchronization is in progress for Gmail, Calendar, and Contacts.Displays when your phone is connecting to the Device Management server when you first turn on your phone.Displays when your device is connected being used to control streaming media and is connected to a Digital Living Network Alliance (DLNA) certified device using the AllShare Play application.Displays when a file is being uploaded or sync’d between your device and an external Web storage location.Displays when the uploaded or transferred file was successfully delivered.Displays when TTY device has been inserted.Displays when a screen capture has been taken.Displays when the keypad is active.Displays when an emergency call is taking place.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
27Menu NavigationYou can tailor the phone’s range of functions to fit your needs using both menus and widgets. Menus, sub-menus, and features can be accessed by scrolling through the available on-screen menus. Your phone originally has three home screens but you can expand up to seven home screens.Command KeysMenu KeyPress Menu to display a context-sensitive menu of options for the current screen or feature.Home KeyPress Home to display the main Home screen. Press and hold to display recently used apps and access the Task manager.Back KeyPress Back to return to the previous screen, option or step.Terms used in this user manualTapLightly touch items to select or launch them. For example:• Tap the on screen keyboard to enter characters or text.• Tap a menu item to select it.• Tap an application’s icon to launch the application.Touch and HoldActivate on-screen items by a touch and hold gesture. For example: • Touch and hold a widget on the home screen to move it.• Touch and hold on a field to display a pop-up menu of options.Swipe and Palm SwipeTo swipe, lightly drag your finger vertically or horizontally across the screen. Use swipe when:• Unlocking the screen• Scrolling through the Home screen or a menuTo palm swipe, swipe the side of your hand horizontally across the screen. Use palm swipe when:• Capturing the screenPanningTo pan, touch and hold a selected icon, then move the device to the left or right to reposition it to another page. You must first activate Motion on your device. Use panning to:• Move icons on your Home screens or Application Menus to another page.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Understanding Your Phone 28TiltTo activate the tilt feature, press and hold two points on the screen then tilt the device back and forth to reduce or enlarge the screen. Use tilt to:• Reduce or enlarge the screen in the Gallery or Browser.Turn overTurn your phone over so that the screen faces downward. For example:• Mute incoming calls and playing sounds by turning your phone over.Using GesturesBy activating the various gesture features within the Motion Settings menu, you can access a variety of time saving functions.To activate motion:1. From the Home screen, press and then tap Settings ➔ Input and control ➔ Motions.2. Tap the ON/OFF icon located at the top of the screen to activate motions.3. Tap the checkboxes located to the right of each motion option to activate the motions you wish. A checkmark will appear.Caution! Excessive shaking or impact to the device may cause unintended results. To learn how to properly control motions, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Motion ➔ Learn about motions.The following is a description of the available gestures:• Direct call: Once enabled, the device will dial the currently displayed on-screen Contact entry as soon as you place the device to your ear. • Smart alert: Once enabled, pickup the device to be alerted and notified of you have missed any calls or messages. • zoom: Once enabled, you must be on a screen where content can be zoomed. In a single motion, touch and hold two points on the display then tilt the tilt the device back and forth to zoom in or out. • Browse an image: Once enabled, touch and hold a desired on-screen image to pan around it. Move the device left or right to pan vertically or up and down to pan horizontally around the large on-screen image.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
29• Mute/pause: Once enabled, mute incoming calls and any playing sounds by turning the device display down on a surface. This is the opposite of the Pickup to be Notified Gesture.For more information, refer to “Motions and Gestures” on page 133.Locking and Unlocking the PhoneTo unlock your phone:1. Press the lock button located on the upper right side of your phone.2. The lock screen will display with Swipe screen to unlock displayed at the bottom of the screen.3. Swipe the touch screen in any direction.4. The Home screen will display as shown above.Note: There are several additional ways you can lock your screen. For more information, refer to “Lock Screen Settings” on page 123.Home Screen OverviewThe main home screen is the starting point for many applications and functions, and it allows you to add items like application icons, shortcuts, folders, or Google widgets to give you instant access to information and applications. This is the default page and accessible from any menu by pressing .Navigating Through the Home ScreensYour phone originally has three home screens but you can expand up to seven home screens. If you like, you can place different applications on each of the home screens. From the main Home screen, sweep the screen with your finger in either direction. The main Home Screen is located in the middle with a Home screen on each side.Navigating Through the Application MenusYour phone initially has one Application Menu available. As you add apps, additional screens will be automatically created. Follow these steps to navigate through the Application Menus:1. At the Home screen, tap . The first application menu will be displayed.2. If you have additional application menus, sweep the screen left or right to access them.3. Tap one of the application icons.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Understanding Your Phone 30Note: As you add applications, the number of Application menus that you have available will increase.Navigating Using Sub-MenusSub-menus are available when you are at any Home screen or have selected a feature or application such as Phone, Contacts, Messaging, or Internet.To access a sub-menu:1. Press .A sub-menu will appear at the bottom of the phone screen.2. Tap an option.Note: Not all screens will have sub-menus available.Accessing Recently-Used Apps1. Press and hold from any screen to open the recently-used applications window.2. Tap an icon to open the selected application.– or –Tap to go to the Task manager.– or –Tap to go to Google Search.– or –Tap to delete the record of all recently used applications.Using the Multi WindowThis feature allows you to run multiple applications on the current screen at the same time. Note: Only applications found within the Multi window panel can be active atop another current application on the screen.When launching applications that contain multimedia files (music/video), audio from both files will be played simultaneously.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
31Activating and Deactivating Multi windowTo activate Multi window via the Notification screen:1. In a single motion, touch the Status bar to reveal the Notifications tab, and then drag it to the bottom of the screen to open the Notifications screen.2. Swipe the row of icons to the left until the Multi window icon is displayed.3. Tap the Multi window entry to activate the feature. The icon turns green when active. 4. Tap Home to return to the Home screen.5. Tap the tab to open the application panel showing all the available Multi window apps.Note: Once you have turned the Multi window option on in step 3, you only need to press and hold the Back key ( ) to re-activate the Multi window feature.To deactivate Multi window: Press and hold the Back key ( ). This action hides the Multi window tab from view.Repositioning the Multi WindowThe Multi window contains two components: tab and apps panel. The tab can be manually moved across the screen. The apps panel (containing the scrollable apps) can be relocated to lock onto the different sides of the screen (top/bottom/left/right).To move the tab:1. Activate the Multi window feature.2. In a single motion, touch and hold the tab for approximately one-second, then slowly drag it to its new location along the current screen edge.Note: This is a quick way to get the tab out of the way if you can’t get to a button or option behind it. To relocate the Multi window apps panel:1. Activate the Multi window feature.2. Tap the tab to display the apps panel (containing the scrollable apps).By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Understanding Your Phone 323. In a single motion, touch and hold the tab for approximately one-second to detach it from the screen, then slowly drag it to its new location along any other available screen edge.Customizing the Multi Window appsThe applications found within the apps panel of the Multi window can be organized by either being rearranged or removed.To rearrange the Multi window applications:1. Activate the Multi window feature.2. Tap the tab to display the apps panel (containing the scrollable apps).3. In a single motion, touch and hold a desired app until it detaches from the panel, then carefully drag it to a new location in the list of apps. Lift your finger or stylus off the screen to let go of the app and drop it into its new location.To remove a Multi window application:1. Activate the Multi window feature.2. Tap the tab to display the apps panel (containing the scrollable apps).3. Tap the Edit button (located at the bottom of the list) to reveal a staging area that can house any removed applications from the Multi window panel.4. Tap Done once you have completed the removal process.To restore a Multi window application:1. Activate the Multi window feature.2. Tap the tab to display the apps panel (containing the scrollable apps).3. Tap the Edit button (located at the bottom of the list) to reveal the staging area containing any previously removed apps.4. Locate the desired application.5. In a single motion, touch and hold a desired app until it detaches from the staging area, then carefully drag it to a new location in the current list of apps.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
33Using Multi Window to run multiple apps on the same screenAny of the apps found within the Multi window panel can be run at the same time as a current on-screen app. Once multiple apps are running on the same screen, you can then choose to either swap their positions or maximize a desired app.Note: Only applications found within the Multi-window panel can be active atop another current application on the screen.When launching applications that contain multimedia files (music/video), audio from both files will be played simultaneously.In this example we will be launching both the Internet and Maps applications.1. Launch an application such as Maps.2. Activate the Multi window feature.3. Tap the tab to display the apps panel.4. Touch and hold the desired app, such as Internet, until it detaches from the panel.5. In a single motion, drag it over the current app and drop the new Multi window app over either the top or bottom area of the current on-screen app. Note: Once two applications are running, the device displays a split screen view containing both the initial app and the new Multi window app.Each application is still independent of the other.To switch the arrangement of the applications:1. With the two applications shown in a split screen, tap the Border bar to show the on-screen icons.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Understanding Your Phone 342. Tap the desired application area (top or bottom).3. Locate and tap (Switch app location). The current apps are switched.To increase the size of a desired application window:1. With the two applications shown in a split screen, locate the Border bar indicating the edge of the app window.2. In a single motion, touch and hold the Border bar then drag it to resize the desired window.To split the current applications:1. With the two applications shown in a split screen, tap the Border bar to show the on-screen icons.2. Tap the desired application area (top or bottom).3. Locate and tap (Maximize the app). The current apps are the both maximized.Customizing Your Home ScreenYou can customize your Home screen by doing the following: • Creating Shortcuts• Adding and Removing Widgets on the Home Screen• Repositioning Widgets• Creating Folders• Changing the Wallpaper• Adding and Deleting Home ScreensApp #1 Split/MaximizeApp #2 Border SwitchPositionsbarBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
35Creating ShortcutsShortcuts are different than the current Home screen Widgets that only launch an application. Shortcuts activate a feature, action, or launch an application.Note: To move a shortcut from one screen to another, it must first be deleted from its current screen. Navigate to the new screen, then add the shortcut.Adding a shortcut from the Apps Menu1. Press to activate the main Home screen. 2. Navigate to the desired Home Page.3. Tap to display your current applications.4. Scroll through the list and locate your desired application.5. Touch and hold the application icon. This creates an immediate shortcut of the selected icon and closes the Apps tab.6. While still holding the on-screen icon, position it on the current page. Once complete, release the screen to lock the new shortcut into its new position on the current screen.Adding a shortcut via the Add to Home screen1. Press to activate the main Home screen.2. Navigate to the desired Home Page.3. Touch and hold on an empty area of the Home screen.4. Tap Apps and widgets, Folder, or Page.5. Press and hold a shortcut from the available list and position it on the current screen.Deleting a shortcut1. Press to activate the main Home screen. 2. Touch and hold the desired shortcut. This unlocks it from its location on the current screen.3. Drag the icon over the Delete icon and release it.As you place the shortcut into the Trash, both items turn red.Note: This action does not delete the shortcut, it just removes it from the current screen.Adding and Removing Primary ShortcutsYou can change any of your primary shortcuts with the exception of the Apps shortcut.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Understanding Your Phone 361. Press to activate the main Home screen. 2. Touch and hold the primary shortcut you want to replace, then drag it to an empty space on any Home screen.3. Scroll through the App menu to find the shortcut you want to add as the new primary short cut.4. Touch and hold the new shortcut, then drag it to the empty space in the row of primary shortcuts.The new primary shortcut will now appear on all Home screens. Adding and Removing WidgetsWidgets are self-contained applications that reside in either your Widgets tab or on the main or extended Home screens. Unlike a shortcut, the Widget appears as an on-screen application.Adding a Widget1. Press to activate the main Home screen.2. Navigate to the desired Home Page.3. Touch and hold on an empty area of the screen.4. Tap Apps and Widgets.5. Tap the Widgets tab at the top of the screen.6. Press and hold an available Widget to position it on the current screen, then release the Widget.Removing a Widget1. Touch and hold a Widget until you can move it around on the screen.2. Drag the Widget over the Delete icon and release it.As you place the Widget into the Trash, both items turn red.Note: This action does not actually delete the Widget, it just removes it from the current Home screen.Moving Icons in the Apps Menu1. Press to activate the main Home screen. 2. Tap to display your current applications.3. Tap the Apps tab at the top of the screen if it is not already selected.4. Press and tap View type.5. Tap Customizable grid. A green circle will appear next to the option.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
376. Press and tap Edit.7. Scroll through the list and locate the icon you wish to move.8. Touch and drag the icon to the position that you want. To move to a different page, drag the icon to the edge of the page until the page scrolls to the desired page.9. Tap Save.10. Press to return to the Home screen.Creating Application FoldersYou can create application folders to hold similar applications if you wish.To create a folder follow these steps:1. Press to activate the main Home screen.2. Tap to display your current applications.3. Tap the Apps tab at the top of the screen if it is not already selected.4. Press and tap Edit.5. Touch and hold the first application that you would like to move to a folder.6. Drag the icon down to the Create folder icon.7. Enter a folder name and tap OK.A folder is displayed in the original place of the application icon with the application icon displayed on top of it. You can now drag other Apps into the folder.8. To view information on an App, drag the App icon up to the App info icon to view information on the application.9. Tap Save.Adding a New Page to the Application MenuYou can add a new page to your application menu by following these steps:1. Press to activate the main Home screen.2. Tap to display your current applications.3. Tap the Apps tab at the top of the screen if it is not already selected.4. Press and tap Edit.5. Touch and hold the first application that you would like to move to a new page.6. Drag the icon down to the Create page icon.7. Tap Save.The app will appear on a new page.+By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Understanding Your Phone 38Changing the WallpaperYou can change the Wallpaper (background) of your home screens by following these steps:1. From any Home screen, touch and hold on an empty area of the screen.The Home screen window is displayed.2. Tap Set wallpaper.3. Select the location where you would like to change the wallpaper. Tap Home screen, Lock screen, or Home and lock screens.4. Tap one of the following options:•Gallery: select a wallpaper from photographs you have taken with your camera.• Live wallpapers: select an animated wallpaper. This option is not available for the Lock screen option.• Wallpapers: select from many still-life wallpapers.5. Select a wallpaper and tap Set wallpaper, Done, or Cancel.Adding and Deleting Home ScreensYou can add and delete Home screens. You can have up to seven Home screens.To add a new Home screen:1. Press to activate the main Home screen. 2. Press and tap Edit page.3. Tap the Home screen that contains .A new screen is added.4. If desired, touch and hold the new screen and drag it to a different location.5. Press to return to the main Home screen.You can now add items to your new Home screen.To delete a Home screen:1. Press to activate the main Home screen. 2. Press and tap Edit page.3. Touch and hold the Home screen you want to delete. 4. Drag it to the trash can located at the bottom of the screen. The page will turn red.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
395. If there are items on the Home screen that you want to delete, the Delete home screen page prompt is displayed.6. Tap OK to delete the page and its contents, otherwise tap Cancel.7. Press to return to the main Home screen.Moving Home ScreensYou can arrange your Home screens in any order that you want.To move a Home screen, follow these steps:1. Press to activate the main Home screen. 2. Press and tap Edit page.3. Touch and hold the Home screen you want to move.4. Drag it to the location that you would like to place it.In this example, the Dual clock app screen is moved to the last position.When you move a Home screen, the other Home screens are be re-ordered automatically.5. Press to return to the main Home screen.Notification BarThe Notification Bar includes a pull-down list to show information about processes that are running, recent notifications, and alerts. To display the Status indicator: On the Home screen, touch and hold the Notification Bar until the pull-down displays, then drag down vertically.Clearing NotificationsTo clear all notifications from the Notification panel:1. From the Home screen, touch and hold the Notification Bar until the pull-down displays, then drag down vertically.2. Tap the Clear button.The notifications are cleared and the panel closes.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Understanding Your Phone 40Accessing Additional Panel FunctionsIn addition to notifications, the Notification panel also provides quick and ready access to separate device functions. These can be quickly activated or deactivated by toggling them on or off. You can choose the functions that will be displayed.1. From the notification panel, tap to display additional options. The following functions (default) are located in the top two rows and can either be activated (green) or deactivated (gray): Wi-Fi, GPS, Sound, Screen rotation, Bluetooth, Reading mode, Blocking mode, Power saving, Multi window, and Screen Mirroring.2. Tap then locate the Notifications panel area located at the bottom of the Notifications panel screen.3. In a single motion, touch and hold a desired function from the bottom two rows and then drag it to the top two rows. Additional functions are S Beam, NFC, Air view, Air gesture, Driving mode, Smart stay, Smart scroll, Sync, and Airplane mode.4. Tap Brightness adjustment to create a checkmark if you want to be able to adjust the screen brightness via the Notification panel.5. Tap and then tap to display only your primary functions.Memory CardYour device lets you use a microSD (SD) or microSDHC card to expand available memory space. This secure digital card enables you to exchange images, music, and data between SD-compatible devices. This section addresses the features and options of your device’s SD functionality. The device has a USB SD card mode.Mounting the SD CardTo store additional photos, music, videos, and other applications, you must mount (install) the SD card prior to use. Mounting the SD card establishes a USB connection with your computer.1. Insert the SD card into the external, SD card slot. For more information, refer to “Removing and Installing the Memory Card” on page 8.2. Your SD card is scanned to see the available information on it.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
41Unmounting the SD cardUnmounting the SD card prevents corruption and damage to the SD card while removing it from the slot.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Storage.2. Scroll to the bottom of the display and tap Unmount SD card.3. Tap OK.For more information, refer to “Removing and Installing the Memory Card” on page 8.SD card Available Memory StatusTo view the memory allocation for your external SD card:1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Storage.2. The available memory for Device and SD card displays under the Total space and Available space headings.Erasing Files from the SD cardYou can erase files from the SD card using the phone.1. Ensure the SD card is mounted. For more information, refer to “Mounting the SD Card” on page 40.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Storage.2. Tap Format SD card.3. At the Format SD card confirmation prompt, tap Format SD card.Warning! Performing the next step erases all data stored on the SD card.4. Tap Delete all to format or press to cancel.Entering TextThis section describes how to select the desired text input method when entering characters into your phone. This section also describes the predictive text entry system that reduces the amount of key strokes associated with entering text.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Understanding Your Phone 42Your phone comes equipped with an orientation detector that can tell if the phone is being held in an upright (Portrait) or sideways (Landscape) orientation. This is useful when entering text.Text Input MethodsThere are three text input methods available:• Google voice typing: allows you to enter text by speaking. • Samsung keyboard (default): Samsung’s on-screen QWERTY keypad that can be used in both portrait and landscape orientation.• Swype: a new way to enter text on touch screens. Instead of tapping each key, use your finger to trace over each letter of a word.To change the input method, see “Keyboards and Input Methods” on page 128.Entering Text Using the Samsung KeyboardFrom a screen where you can enter text, rotate your phone counterclockwise to a Landscape orientation. The on-screen QWERTY keypad will display.Changing the Text Input Mode - KeypadThere are two main keypad layout keys that will change the on-screen keys within the QWERTY keypad.The available Text Input modes are: Sym and Abc.New ParagraphText Input ModeShiftKeyDeleteKeySpace BarVoice typingand more optionsBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
43Note: When in Abc mode, the Sym button will appear. When in Sym mode, the Abc/ABC/abc button will appear.Using ABC Mode1. If desired, rotate your phone counterclockwise to a Landscape orientation.2. When you tap the Enter message field, the following screen displays:3. Tap the desired alphabetic characters.4. The screen initially opens in ABC mode. After typing the first letter, the shift key ( ) will change to and following letters will be lowercase. 5. Tap to input another upper-case letter or tap twice to switch to ABC mode. The shift key will change to in ABC mode. All following letters will be uppercase until you tap the shift key again.Using Symbol/Numeric ModeUse Symbol/Numeric Mode to add numbers, symbols, or emoticons.1. Rotate your phone counterclockwise to a Landscape orientation.2. Tap at the bottom of the screen.3. Tap the desired number, symbol, or emoticon characters. 4. Tap the button to access additional symbols. 5. Tap to return to Abc mode.Predictive TextBy using the Predictive Text option, you can have next-letter prediction and regional error correction, which compensates for pressing the wrong keys on the QWERTY keyboard. Predictive text is turned on by default.1. Press and hold on the keyboard, then tap .Symbol/Numeric Mode: activates the number, symbol, and emoticon keys.ABC Mode: activates the default alphabet keys. Can also be set to Abc or abc by using the shift () key.SymABCSym1/2ABCBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Understanding Your Phone 442. Tap the ON/OFF slider, located to the right of the Predictive text field, to , then tap .3. In the text portion of the message screen, begin typing a word. A list of word options is displayed above the keyboard. Tap one of the words to replace the word that has already been typed or scroll the line of words to the left for more word choices.4. Continue typing your message. Tap to send the message or press for more options. For more information, refer to “Creating and Sending Messages” on page 98.Note: You can also use Predictive Text mode in the portrait orientation.Entering Text Using HandwritingYou can enter text simply by using your finger to handwrite letters on your screen.1. Press and hold on the keyboard, then tap .2. Use your finger tip to write out each character. You can print or use cursive.3. You can write out your entire message using the Handwriting feature or tap to switch back to Samsung keyboard mode.Samsung Keyboard SettingsFor information on how you can configure your Samsung keyboard settings, see “Samsung Keyboard settings” on page 129.Using the Google Voice Typing FeatureYou can use your voice to enter text using the Google Voice typing feature.1. From the keypad, touch the top of the screen and drag it down to display your notification panel.2. Tap Select input method.3. Tap Google voice typing.4. At the Speak now prompt, speak clearly and distinctly into the microphone.5. If the red microphone turns gray, then the feature has timed out and you should tap the microphone icon to start again.The text is displayed in the message as you are speaking.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
45Note: The feature works best when you break your message down into smaller segments.Entering Text Using SwypeSwype™ is a text input method that allows you to enter a word by sliding your finger or stylus from letter to letter, lifting your finger between words. Swype uses error correcting algorithms and a language model to predict the next word. Swype also includes a tapping predictive text system.The following example shows how to enter the word “This”. Put your finger down on the “T”, and without lifting, glide it to the “h”, then to the “i” then over to the “s”. Enabling and Configuring SwypeThe Samsung keyboard is the default text input method, so to use Swype, you must first change the default keyboard setting. To enable Swype:1. From a screen where you can enter text, touch and drag down from the Notifications area then tap Select input method.2. Tap the Swype radio button. It will turn green.The Swype keyboard is displayed.Swype SettingsFor information on how you can configure your Swype settings, see “Swype Keypad Settings” on page 131.Swype Text Entry TipsYou can access the SwypeTips application and watch a video or tutorial on using Swype. You can also use the following Swype text entry tips.• Create a squiggle (like an S shape) to create a double letter (such as pp in apple).• Touch and hold a key to view the punctuation menu then make a selection.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Understanding Your Phone 46• Move your finger or stylus over the apostrophe to enter contractions.• Double-tap on the word you want to change to correct a misspelled word, then tap the delete key to erase one character. Touch and hold the delete key to erase an entire word.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
47Section 3: Call FunctionsThis section describes how to make or answer a call. It also includes the features and functionality associated with making or answering a call.Displaying Your Phone Number Tap ➔ Settings ➔ About device ➔ Status. Your phone number is displayed in the My phone number field.Making a Call1. From the Home screen, tap and use the on-screen keypad to enter the number you wish to dial.2. Tap to make the call.Note: When you activate the Auto redial option in the Voice Call menu, the phone will automatically redial up to 10 times when the person does not answer the call or is already on the phone. For more information, refer to “Call Settings” on page 58.Making an International Call1. From the Home screen, tap , then touch and hold . The + character appears.2. Use the on-screen keypad to enter the country code, area code, and phone number. •If you make a mistake, tap until the desired numbers have been deleted.3. Tap to make the call.Manual Pause DialingTo manually call a number with pause(s) without storing it in your Contacts list:1. From the Home screen, tap and use the on-screen keypad to enter the phone number.2. Press to display the dialer sub-menu.3. Tap Add 3 sec pause to add a three second pause, and use the keypad to enter the additional numbers.Tip: You can create pauses longer than three seconds by entering multiple three second pauses.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Call Functions 484. Select Add wait to add a wait. A wait will pause the calling sequence until you enter a number or press a key.5. Tap to make the call.For more information, refer to “Adding Pauses to Contact Numbers” on page 67.Correcting an Entered NumberUse the following steps to correct a mis-typed entry when dialing.  After entering a number using the keypad:•If you make a mistake, tap to erase a single character.•Press and hold to erase the entire string of numbers.Ending a Call Tap the key.Dialing a Recent NumberAll incoming, outgoing and missed calls are recorded in the Call log. If the number or caller is listed in your Address Book, the associated name is also displayed. 1. From the Home screen, tap .2. Tap the Logs tab. A list of recent calls is displayed.3. Tap the desired Contact to enter the Details page, then tap to make a call.Making Emergency CallsIf you do not have a SIM card installed the first time you turn on the phone, the Insert SIM card to make calls message displays and an animated tutorial shows you how to install the SIM card.Without a SIM card, you can only make an emergency call with the phone; normal cell phone service is not available. Making an Emergency Call without a SIM card1. Tap Emergency call from the on-screen display to make an emergency call.2. Enter 9-1-1 and tap . Complete your call. During this type of call, you will have access to the Speaker mode, Keypad, and End Call features.3. Tap to exit this calling mode.Making an Emergency Call with a SIM cardThe Emergency calling mode makes redialing an emergency number a 1-tap process. Before you can resume normal calling operations, you should first exit this mode.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
491. From the Home screen, tap .2. Enter the emergency number (ex: 911) and then tap .3. Complete your call. During this type of call, you will have access to the Speaker mode, Keypad, and End Call features. •After completing your emergency call, appears in the Notification area until you exit the Emergency calling mode.Note: This mode can drain your battery power more rapidly than a normal calling mode. 4. At the Emergency Callback screen:•Tap to callback 911 with a single tap.•Touch and slide to the right to exit this mode.•Touch and slide to the left return to the Home screen. This allows you to access other applications while staying in this mode.Making a Call Using Speed DialYou can assign a short cut number to a phone number in your Contacts List for speed dialing.1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts to display your Contacts List.2. Press to display the Contacts List sub-menu.3. Tap Speed dial setting.4. The Speed dial setting screen displays showing the numbers 1 through 100. The number 1 is reserved for Voicemail.5. Tap an unused number and the Select contact screen displays.6. Select a contact to assign to the number. The selected contact number will display in the speed dial number box.7. To remove a speed dial number or change the order, press to display the Speed dial setting sub-menu.8. Tap Change order or Remove.9. To make a call using Speed Dial, tap ➔ Keypad and from the Dialer, touch and hold the speed dial number.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Call Functions 50Making a Call from the Address BookYou can store phone numbers that you use regularly on the SIM card or in the phone’s memory. These entries are collectively called the Address Book. For further details about the Address Book feature, see “Finding an Address Book Entry” on page 69.Answering a CallWhen a call is received the phone rings and displays the caller’s phone number, or name if stored in the Address Book.1. At the incoming call screen:•Touch and drag in any direction to answer the call.•Touch and drag in any direction to reject the call and send it to your voicemail.•Touch and drag the Reject call with message tab upward and tap a predefined text message to send to the caller.–I’m driving–I’m at the cinema–I’m in class–I’m in a meeting–Sorry, I’m busy. Call back later.– or ––Tap Create new message to compose a new message.2. Tap to end the call.Note: You can answer a call while using the Address Book or other menu feature. After ending the call, the phone returns to the previously active function screen.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
51Dialing OptionsFrom the Home screen and Application menus, you have the option to access the Dialer and initiate a call by tapping ➔ Keypad. From the Dialer and the Contacts screen, the following tabs are located at the top of your screen:• Keypad: dials the current number entered using the on-screen keypad.• Logs: displays a list of all dialed, received, and missed calls.• Favorites: displays your contacts that you have marked as Favorites.• Contacts: takes you to your Address Book where you can select a contact to call.After you begin to enter numbers, the Add to Contacts option appears so you can save the Contact if needed.Call LogThe phone stores the numbers of the calls you’ve dialed, received, or missed in the Call log. The Call log displays the details of the call.1. From the Home screen, tap .2. Tap the Logs tab. A list of recent calls is displayed. If the number or caller is listed in your Address Book, the associated name is displayed.All calls made, received, and missed are listed. Types of calls are identified by the following icons:Viewing Missed Calls from the Lock ScreenThe number of calls you have missed is displayed on the Home screen. 1. Touch the missed call icon with the number of missed calls on it and move it in any direction.• Incoming Calls: • Outgoing Calls: • Missed Calls: • Rejected Calls:• Auto Rejected Calls:By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Call Functions 52 Note: If there is a voicemail sent by the same number, associated icons are displayed and can then be selected. 2. The Call log is displayed. Missed calls are identified by the icon next to the number.Calling Back a Missed Call To call back a missed call number:1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Logs. A list of recent calls is displayed. If the number or caller is listed in your Address Book, the associated name is displayed.2. Swipe the desired missed call to the right to call. – or –Swipe the desired missed call to the left to message.Saving a Recent Call to your Address Book 1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Logs. A list of recent calls is displayed. 2. Tap the call you want to save to your Address Book. 3. The call detail page is displayed. Tap Create contact to add the call to your Address Book.The Create contact screen is displayed.– or –If you want to replace the number for an existing contact, tap Update existing.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
534. Enter information into the various fields using the keypad.5. Tap Save to save when you are finished.For further details about the Address Book feature, see “Adding a New Contact” on page 66.Sending a Message to a Recent Call1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Logs. A list of recent calls is displayed. 2. Swipe the entry you want to message to the left. 3. At the Message screen, tap the empty text field and use the on-screen keypad to type in a message.4. When you are done with your message, tap to send. For more information, refer to “Creating and Sending Messages” on page 98.Deleting a Call from the Call Log1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Logs. A list of recent calls is displayed. 2. Touch and hold the call you want to delete from the Call log.3. Tap Delete.4. At the Delete prompt, tap OK.The call is deleted from the Call log.Adding a Call to the Reject List1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Logs. A list of recent calls is displayed. 2. Touch and hold the call you want to add to the Reject List. 3. Tap Add to reject list.Add as new Call the number Send a message contactUpdate an existingcontact By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Call Functions 544. At the Add to reject list prompt, tap OK.Future calls from this number will be rejected and sent to your voicemail.Call Duration1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Logs. 2. Press ➔ Call duration.3. The following times are displayed for Voice and Data: •Last call: shows the length of time for the last call.• Dialed calls: shows the total length of time for all calls made.• Received calls: shows the total length of time for all calls received.• All calls: shows the total length of time for all calls made and received.4. You may reset these times to zero by pressing then tapping Reset.Options During a CallYour phone provides a number of control functions that you can use during a call.Adjusting the Call VolumeDuring a call, to adjust the earpiece volume, use the Volume keys on the left side of the phone. Press the Up volume key to increase the volume level and press the Down volume key to decrease the volume level.From the Home screen, you can also adjust the ringer volume using these same keys.In-Call OptionsDuring an active call there are several functions available by tapping a corresponding on-screen button.• Hold: place the current active call on hold.• Add call: displays the dialer so you can call another person.• Keypad: displays the on-screen keypad, where you can enter number using DTMF (Dual Tone Multi-Frequency).• End call: terminates the call.• Speaker: routes the phone’s audio through either the speaker or through the earpiece.–Tap Speaker to route the audio through the speaker. (You can adjust the speaker volume using the volume keys.) A green line will appear under the Speaker button.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
55–Tap Speaker again to use the phone’s earpiece (see “Using the Speakerphone During an Active Call” on page 57). The green line will disappear when Speaker is not activated.• Mute/Unmute turn the onboard microphone either on or off.–Tap Mute during a call to mute the microphone. A green line will appear under the Mute button.–Tap Mute again to unmute the microphone. The green line will disappear when Mute is not activated.• Headset connects to a Bluetooth headset.–Tap Headset during a call to activate a Bluetooth headset. A green line will appear under the Headset button.–Tap Headset again to de-activate the Bluetooth headset. The green line will disappear when the Headset is not activated.• Press for more options:–Contacts: allows you to go to your Contact list.–Message: allows you to write a message during a call.–S Note: allows you to write a note using the S Note app.–Noise reduction on/off: allows you to turn on the Noise reduction feature when you are in a noisy area. Turn it Off when not needed to conserve battery power.–My call sound: assigns a sound equalizer preset for use during an active call. Sometimes you might need the sound to be softer, clearer, or optimized for one ear or the other.Placing a Call on HoldYou can place the current call on hold at any point during a conversation. You can also make another call while you have a call in progress if your network supports this service.1. While on a call, tap Hold . This action places the current caller on hold.2. You can later reactivate this call by tapping Unhold .To make a new call while you have a call in progress1. Tap Hold .2. Tap Add call to display the dialer.3. Enter the new number and tap .Once connected, the active call will appear in a large box at the top of your screen and the call on hold will appear in a smaller box in the middle of your screen.HoldUnholdHoldBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Call Functions 56Switching Between CallsWhen you have an active call and a call on hold, you may switch between the two calls, changing the one on hold to active and placing the other on hold. 1. Tap Swap. The current call (caller #2) is placed on hold and the previous call on hold (caller #1) is then reactivated so that you can continue conversing with that person. The active call will appear in a green box.2. Tap to end the currently active call. To end a specific call1. Tap Swap until the call you want to end appears in a green box.2. Tap to end the specific call.3. Tap to end the remaining call. To answer a call while you have a call in progress1. Tap and slide to the right to answer another call.2. Tap Putting "Name/Number" on hold to put the first call on hold.– or –Tap Ending call with "Name/Number" to end the first call.3. To switch between the two calls, tap Swap.•Swap: Places the current call on hold and then activates the previous call. The active call will appear in a green box. Tap Swap again to switch back.To end a call on hold1. Tap to disconnect the active call. 2. The call on hold will now become the active call. Tap to end the call.3-Way Calling (Multi-Party Calling)The 3-Way or Multi-Party feature allows you to answer a series of incoming calls and place them on hold. If this service is supported by the network, all calls can be joined together. You are notified of an incoming call by a call waiting tone.Note: The Merge option combines all of the calls you have established with your phone (both active and on hold). Swap places the current call on hold and then activates the previous call.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
57This feature joins all of the calls you have established with your phone (both active and on hold) into a multi-party call.1. Tap and slide to the right to answer the call.2. Tap and slide to the right to answer the next call.3. Tap Putting "Name/Number" on hold to put the first call on hold.4. Join the first two callers into a single multi-party call by tapping Merge .5. To temporarily leave the conference call, tap Hold . To rejoin the conference call tap Unhold .6. Tap to end the call.Using the Speakerphone During an Active CallWhile in an active call, it is possible to enable the speakerphone feature.1. Tap Speaker .The Speaker button now appears as and the speakerphone is activated.2. Use the Volume keys (located on the left side of your phone) to adjust the volume.3. To deactivate the speakerphone, tap Speaker .Important! For more information, see “Responsible Listening” on page 217.MergeHoldUnholdSpeakerSpeakerSpeakerBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Call Functions 58Switching off the Microphone (Mute)You can temporarily switch your phone’s microphone off, so that the other person cannot hear you.Example: You wish to say something to person in the room, but do not want the person on the phone to hear you.To mute your phone during a call1. Tap Mute . The Mute button now appears as and Mute is activated.2. Tap Mute to deactivate the Mute function and reactivate the microphone. Bluetooth headset1. Tap Headset .2. The phone will scan for your Bluetooth headset. When found, connect to the headset.The Headset button now appears as and the Bluetooth headset is activated.3. Tap Headset to deactivate the Bluetooth headset and reactivate the phone speaker. Searching for a Number in Address Book1. During the active call, press then tap Contacts.2. Tap the Address Book entry.For further details about the Address Book feature, see “Finding an Address Book Entry” on page 69.Call WaitingThe Call Waiting feature allows you to answer an incoming call while you have a call in progress, if this service is supported by the network, and you must first activate the Call Waiting feature: From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Additional settings ➔Call waiting.You are notified of an incoming call by a call waiting tone.Call SettingsTo access the Call settings menu: From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings.MuteMuteMuteHeadsetHeadsetHeadsetBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
59Call rejection1. From the Call settings screen, tap Call rejection.2. Tap the OFF / ON icon to turn Auto reject mode on .3. Tap Auto reject mode and tap one of the following options:• All numbers: to reject all calls.• Auto reject numbers: to reject all calls in your Reject list.4. Tap Auto reject list.5. Tap to manually add numbers to the Reject list.6. Tap Unknown, to create a checkmark and automatically reject all calls that are not in your Contacts list.Set reject messages1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Set reject messages.2. Tap to manually add a reject message.– or –Tap one of the pre-written messages to be displayed when you want the call to be rejected. You can edit the message if desired.3. Tap Save to save the reject message.Ringtones and keypad tones1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Ringtones and keypad tones.2. Tap Device ringtone, select a ringtone, and tap OK.3. Tap Device vibration, select a vibration type, and tap OK.4. Tap Incoming call vibration to create a checkmark if you want your phone to vibrate when a call is incoming.5. Tap Keytones to create a checkmark if you want tones to play when the keypad is pressed.Call alert1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Call alert.2. Tap Call vibrations to enable your phone to vibrate when the called party answers the phone.3. Tap Call status tones to set the sound settings during a call then tap OK.4. Tap Alerts on call to turn off alarm and message notifications during a call.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Call Functions 60Call answering/ending1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Call answering/ending.2. The following options are available:• Answering key: Tap this option to be able to accept incoming calls by pressing the Home key.• The power key ends calls: This option will allow you to end a call by pressing the power key without turning off the screen. Auto screen off during callsThis option turns on the proximity sensor during calls so that your phone will know to turn the screen off to save power. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Auto screen off during calls to create a checkmark and enable the feature.Accessory settings for call1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Accessory settings for call.2. The following options are available:• Automatic answering: configures the device to automatically answer and incoming call when a headset is detected.• Automatic answering timer: configures the time delay before the device automatically accepts the incoming call.• Outgoing call conditions: allows you to make calls even when the device is locked.My call soundThis option allows you to personalize the sounds you hear during a call with and without earphones.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ My call sound.2. Tap My call sound settings.3. Tap Personalize call sound and follow the detailed on-screen instructions.Use extra vol. for callsThis option allows you to see an extra volume button on the screen during calls. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Use extra vol. for calls to create a checkmark and enable the feature.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
61Increase volume in pocketThis option increases the ringtone volume when the device is in a pocket or a bag. It uses the proximity sensor to detect its location. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Increase volume in pocket to create a checkmark and enable the feature.Call forwarding1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Call forwarding ➔ Voice call.2. Tap one of the following options:• Always forward: allows you to forward all voice calls.• Forward when busy allows you to forward voice calls to a designated number instead of your voice mail number if you are on another phone call. • Forward when unanswered: allows you to forward voice calls to a designated number instead of your voicemail number when there is no answer on your phone. You can also select the amount of time that the phone delays before forwarding.• Forward when unreachable: allows you to forward voice calls to a designated number instead of your voicemail number when you are not in an area covered by your service provider or when your phone is switched off.Additional settings1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Additional settings.2. Tap one of the following options:•Caller ID: allows you to choose how your Caller ID will be displayed. Select Network default, Hide number, or Show number.• Call waiting: the network service informs you when someone is trying to reach you during another call. Tap to activate.• Auto redial: automatically redials the last number if the call was either cut off or was unable to connect. Tap to activate.•Noise reduction: allows you to suppress background noise from your side during calls.• Fixed Dialing Numbers: allows you to restrict outgoing calls to a limited set of phone numbers.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Call Functions 62• Auto area code: allows you to automatically prepend a specific area code to all outbound calls. Slide the slider to the on position.Using Fixed Dialing NumbersEnabling FDN1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Additional settings ➔ Fixed dialing numbers.2. Tap Enable FDN.3. At the prompt, enter your PIN2 code and tap OK.FDN is enabled.4. To enable FDN after it has been disabled, tap Disable FDN, enter your PIN2 code and tap OK.Important! Not all SIM cards use a PIN2 code. If your SIM card does not, this menu does not display.The PIN2 code is provided by your carrier. Entering an incorrect PIN2 code could cause the phone to lock. Contact customer service for assistance.Changing the PIN2 Code1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Additional settings ➔ Fixed dialing numbers.2. Tap Change PIN2.3. At the prompt, enter your old PIN2 code.4. At the prompt, enter a new PIN2 code.5. Confirm your PIN2 code.Managing the FDN ListWhen this feature is enabled, you can make calls only to phone numbers stored in the FDN list on the SIM card. Note: Before you can manage an FDN list a list must be created.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Additional settings ➔ Fixed dialing numbers.2. Tap FDN list.3. A list of all existing FDN numbers will be displayed.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
63Voicemail service1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Voicemail Service.Voicemail service provided by your carrier is the default.2. Tap My carrier to remove the carrier Voicemail service.Voicemail settingsYou can view or modify your voicemail number from this menu.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Voicemail settings.2. Tap the Voice mail number field, backspace to erase the digits, and enter a new voicemail number using the keypad, then tap OK.3. Tap OK.Ringtone1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Ringtone.2. Tap a ringtone to hear it played.3. Select a ringtone and tap OK.VibrateThis option allows you select vibration settings.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Vibrate.2. Tap Always, Only in Silent mode, or Never.TTY ModeA TTY (also known as a TDD or Text Telephone) is a telecommunications device that allows people who are deaf, hard of hearing, or who have speech or language disabilities, to communicate by telephone. Your phone is compatible with select TTY devices. Please check with the manufacturer of your TTY device to ensure that it is compatible with digital cell phones.Your phone and TTY device will connect via a special cable that plugs into your phone’s headset jack. If this cable was not provided with your TTY device, contact your TTY device manufacturer to purchase the connector cable.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ TTY mode.2. Tap TTY Full, TTY HCO, or TTY VCO. A green checkmark will appear. Tap TTY Off to turn it off.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Call Functions 64Hearing aidsThis option allows you to turn on Hearing aid compatibility on your device.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings.2. Tap Hearing aids to create a checkmark and make your device compatible with a Hearing aid.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
65Section 4: Contacts and Your Address BookThis section allows you to manage your daily contacts by storing their name and number in your Address Book. Address Book entries can be sorted by name, entry, or group. AT&T Address Book ActivationWhen you access the AT&T Address Book, the network backup service, contacts are automatically synchronized between your phone and online address book. The changes you make are automatically saved and if you ever upgrade, damage, or lose your phone, you can easily restore your contacts onto your new phone.To activate the AT&T Address Book:1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts .Your Address Book is displayed.2. If you have not synchronized your phone with your online AT&T Address Book recently, the AT&T Address Book screen is displayed. Tap Yes if you want to synchronize your Address Book.3. Follow the on-screen instructions.Your AT&T Address Book is Ready to Use. You can now make a call or send a message through your Address Book.You can also manage your Address Book on the web at http://www.att.com/addressbook.Synchronizing your AT&T Address BookIf you ever upgrade, damage, or lose your phone, you can easily restore your contacts onto your new phone by following these steps:1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts .2. Press ➔ Settings ➔ AT&T Address Book.3. At the AT&T Address Book screen, tap Yes to synchronize your phone with your online Address Book.4. If there are existing contacts on your phone, you will be prompted if you would like to remove them first. Tap Yes or No.Note: You must first copy any contacts that exist on your SIM card to your phone. For more information, refer to “Copying Contacts to the Phone” on page 76.Your phone is synchronized. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Contacts and Your Address Book 665. At the Your AT&T Address Book is Ready for Use prompt, tap OK.Your Contact list is displayed.Adding a New ContactUse the following procedure to add a new contact to your Address Book. Saving a Number from the Home screen1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts ➔ .2. At the Save contact prompt, tap OK or Add new account if want want to add a new account to save the contact to.3. Tap the image icon and assign a picture to the new entry by choosing one of three options:•Image: retrieve a previously stored image from your Gallery or from your My files folder and assign it to this entry. Tap an image to assign the image to the contact, then tap Done.• Take picture: use the camera to take a new picture and assign it to this entry, then tap Done.•S Note: retrieve a previously stored image from your S Note app.•Remove: although not an option with a new entry, deletes any previously assigned image on an existing contact.4. Tap the Name field and use the on-screen keypad to enter the full name. For more information, refer to “Entering Text” on page 72.– or –Tap next to the Name field to display additional name fields.5. Tap the Phone number field.The numerical keypad is displayed.The Mobile button initially displays next to the Phone number field. If you want to add a phone number that is not a mobile number, tap the Mobile button and select from Mobile, Home, Work, Work fax, Home Fax, Pager, Other, Custom (add your own label), or Callback.6. Enter the phone number.Tap to add another Phone number field or tap to delete a field.7. Tap the Email address field.The keypad is displayed.MobileBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
67The Home button initially displays next to the Email address field. If you want to add an Email address that is not a Home email address, tap the Home button and select from Home, Work, Other, or Custom (add your own label).8. Enter the Email address.Tap to add another Email address field or tap to delete a field.9. Tap the Address field.The keypad is displayed.The Home button initially displays next to the Address field. If you want to add an address that is not a Home address, tap the Home button and select from Home, Work, Other, or Custom (add your own label).10. Enter the address.Tap to add another address field or tap to delete a field.11. Tap any of the following fields that you want to add to your new contact:•Events: tap to add a Birthday, Anniversary, Other, or Custom.•Groups: assign the contact to Not assigned, ICE - emergency contacts, Co-workers, Family, or Friends.•Ringtone: adds a field used to assign a message tone that will sound when messages are received from this contact. Choose between Default, Ringtones, or Go to My files.• Message alert: allows you to set a message alert tone for the contact.• Vibration pattern: allows you to set the specific type of vibration. • Add another field: tap this button to add another field such as Phonetic name, Organization, IM, Notes, Nickname, Website, Internet call, or Relationship.12. Tap Save to save the new contact.Adding Pauses to Contact NumbersWhen you call automated systems, you are often required to enter a password or account number. Instead of manually entering the numbers each time, you can store the numbers in your Contacts along with special characters called pauses HomeHomeBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Contacts and Your Address Book 68and waits. A pause will stop the calling sequence for two seconds and a wait will pause the calling sequence until you enter a number or press a key.To add a pause or a wait to an existing Contact:1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts , and then tap the name or number to open the Contact.2. Tap to edit.3. Tap the phone number field.4. Tap the screen at the position where the pause or wait needs to be added.5. Tap . 6. Tap Pause to add a two-second pause or tap Wait to add a wait, and use the keypad to enter the additional numbers. A pause will be displayed as a comma (,) and a wait will be displayed as a semi-colon (;).7. Tap Save to save your changes, or tap Cancel to discard.Editing an Existing ContactWhen editing an existing contact, you can tap a field and change or delete the information, or you can add additional fields to the contact’s list of information.1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts . 2. Press and hold the Contact that you want to edit.3. Tap Edit.4. Tap any of the fields to add, change, or delete information.5. Tap Save to save the edited information.Using ContactsDialing or Messaging from Address BookOnce you have stored phone numbers in the Address Book, you can dial them easily and quickly by either using their SIM card location number or by using the Search field to locate the entry. From the Address book, you can also send messages.SymBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
69Finding an Address Book EntryYou can store phone numbers and their corresponding names onto your SIM card and phone’s onboard memory. The two locations are physically separate but are used as a single entity, called the Address Book.Depending on your particular SIM card, the maximum number of phone numbers the SIM card can store and how they are stored may differ.1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts .2. Within the Contacts list (sorted alphabetically), tap a letter on the right side of the display to quickly jump to the contacts beginning with that letter. 3. Tap the contact you wish to call or message.4. Tap the phone icon to make a phone call or tap the message icon to send a message.For more information, refer to “Creating and Sending Messages” on page 98.Tip: From the Contact list, sweep right over a listing to make a call. Sweep left over a listing to send a message.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Contacts and Your Address Book 70Joining ContactsJoining Contact InformationMany people now maintain multiple email accounts, social networking logins, and other similar account information. For example, a Facebook account login name might differ from a corporate email account login because they are maintained separately and for different groups of people.This device can synchronize with multiple accounts such as Facebook, Twitter, MySpace, Corporate email, and Google. When you synchronize your phone with these accounts, each account creates a separate contact entry in the Contacts list.If one of your contacts (Amy Smith, for example) has a regular email account that you maintain in Gmail, but also has a Facebook account under her maiden and married name, as well as a Yahoo! chat account, when you merge these accounts into your Contacts list you can join all of her entries and view the information in one record.The next time you synchronize your phone with your accounts, any updates that contacts make to email account names, email addresses, etc. automatically update in your contacts list.For more information about synchronizing accounts, see “Synchronizing Accounts” on page 71.1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts .2. Tap a contact name (the name you want to join to another entry). Note: typically this is the same contact with a different name or account information.3. Press ➔ Join contact.The contact list is displayed.Note: Only contacts stored on your phone can be joined.4. Tap the second contact entry (the entry in which to join). The second contact is now joined with the first and the account information is merged into one screen.Note: The information is still maintained in both entries, but displays in one record for easier viewing when you join the contacts.5. Tap the Connection bar to view the contact information you joined. The contacts and information displays with an icon next to the contact name to indicate what type of account information is contained in the entry.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
71Unjoining a Contact1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts .2. Tap a contact name (the account name from which you want to unlink an entry). Note: typically this is the same contact with a different name or account information.3. Tap the Connection bar.4. Tap the minus sign next to entry in which you want to unjoin. The contact is now separated and no longer displays in the merged record screen.Marking a Contact as DefaultWhen you use messaging type applications, the application needs to know which information is primary (default) in a contact entry list. For example, you may have three different contact records for John Smith, so the application will be looking for the “default” number or entry.1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts .2. Tap a Contact name.3. Press ➔ Mark as default. The Mark as default screen displays radio buttons next to the contact names or phone numbers of all the linked contacts. The radio button next to the default contact will be green.4. To change the default contact, tap the radio button next to another entry that you want to be the default. The radio button will turn green, then tap Done.Synchronizing AccountsFrom the Accounts menu you decide if you want applications to synchronize, send, and receive data at any given time, or if you want the applications to synchronize automatically. After determining how you want the accounts to synchronize, indicate which account to synchronize with your Contacts list.1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts .2. Press then tap Accounts.3. Tap the Auto sync app data checkbox to create a checkmark and activate the feature. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Contacts and Your Address Book 724. Tap OK to synchronize all accounts.The accounts are synchronized.Address Book OptionsYou can access Address Book options while at the main Address Book page or while in the details page for a specific entry.Options in Address Book1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts then press .2. The following options are displayed:• Delete: allows you to delete 1 or more of your contacts.• SIM Management: allows you to copy contacts from your phone to your SIM card or from your SIM card to your phone. You can also delete contacts from your SIM.•Import/Export: allows you to move contacts to or from your memory card or USB storage. You can also send a namecard via Bluetooth, ChatON, Email, Gmail, Messaging, or Wi-Fi Direct.• Accounts: allows you to add and manage your Samsung, ChatON, Google, LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol), and Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync accounts. Tap Add account and then follow the on-screen instructions.• Speed dial setting: allows you to set up speed-dialing. For more information, refer to “Making a Call Using Speed Dial” on page 49.• Send email: allows you to send an email using your Google account.• Send message: allows you to send a text or picture message.• Contacts to display: You can choose to display all of your contacts or only display contacts on your Phone, SIM, or contacts stored to other accounts. You can also tap Customized list to change other options on how your contacts are displayed.•Settings: allows you to choose set the following options:–Only contacts with phones: allows you to only display contacts that have phone numbers.–List by: allows you to sort by First name or Last name.–Display contacts by: allows you to sort by First name or Last name first.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
73–Service numbers: allows you to display or edit your service numbers.–Contact sharing settings: allows you to send all or individual contacts via Bluetooth in the form of namecards.–AT&T Address Book: allows you to access the AT&T Address Book so you can sync your contacts.Options at Selected Contact Screen1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts .2. Tap a contact and at the contact’s display screen, press .3. The following options are displayed:•History: allows you to view the phone and message history for the contact.•Edit: allows you to edit the contact’s information.•Delete: allows you to delete the contact from your Address Book.•Join contact: allows you to join contacts with other contacts (only displays when contact is saved to SIM).• Separate contact: allows you to separate contacts that have been joined.• Mark as default: when you have multiple contacts linked together, you can mark one of them as default (only displays when contact is saved to the phone). For more information, refer to “Marking a Contact as Default” on page 71.• Assign speed dial: allows you to assign this contact to your speed dial list. For more information, refer to “Making a Call Using Speed Dial” on page 49.• Share namecard via: allows you to send the contact’s information via Bluetooth, ChatON, Email, Gmail, Messaging, or Wi-Fi Direct.• Add to/Remove from reject list: allows you to add or remove the contact from your reject list. If they call while being on the reject list, the call will be sent directly to voice mail.• Print contact info: allows you to print the contact’s namecard to a Samsung printer using Wi-Fi.• Add shortcut to Home: allows you to place a shortcut for this contact on your Home screen.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Contacts and Your Address Book 74GroupsAdding a Contact to a Group1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts .2. Press and hold a contact that you would like to add to a group.3. Tap Add to group.4. Tap a group entry.5. Tap Done.The contact is added to the group.Removing a Contact From a Group1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts ➔ Groups .2. Tap a group entry.3. Press ➔ Remove member.4. Tap all of the contacts you want to remove from this group. A green checkmark will appear next to their name.5. Tap Done.The contacts are now removed from the group.Creating a New Group1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts ➔ Groups ➔ ➔ Create.2. Tap the Group name field and use the on-screen keypad to enter a new group name. For more information, refer to “Entering Text” on page 72.3. Tap Group ringtone to choose an audio file for assignment to this new group. Choose from Default, Ringtones, or Go to My files. 4. Tap Vibration pattern to choose an audio file for assignment to this new group.5. Tap Add member to add contacts to the new group.6. Tap each contact you want to add to create a checkmark. You can also tap Select all.7. Tap Done.8. Tap Save to save the new Group category.Editing a Caller GroupTo edit a Group entry, there must be at least one member as part of the selected group.1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts ➔ Groups .GroupsGroupsGroupsBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
752. Tap a group entry.3. Press ➔ Edit.4. Make modifications to the Group name, Group ringtone, or Vibration pattern fields. 5. Tap Add member to add more contacts to this group.6. Tap Done.7. Tap Save to save the edited Group category.Address Book FavoritesOnce you have stored phone numbers in the Address Book, you can add them to your Favorites list.To view your Favorites list: From the Home screen, tap Contacts ➔ Favorites .Adding Favorites to your Address Book1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts .2. Within the Contacts list, touch and hold a contact that you want to add to your favorites list.3. Tap Add to Favorites on the displayed list.4. A gold star will appear next to the contact in the Address Book.Removing Favorites from your Address Book1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts .2. Within the Contacts list, touch and hold a contact that you want to remove from your favorites list. Contacts in your Favorites list will have a gold star.3. Tap Remove from favorites on the displayed list.4. The gold star will no longer appear next to the contact in the Address Book.Managing Address Book ContactsYou can copy, delete, and view the memory status for the Phone and SIM contacts on your phone.Copying Contacts to the SIM Card Note: When storing an Address Book entry into the SIM card, only the name, phone number, and email address are available as fields. Also, if you move the SIM card to another phone that does not support additional fields on the SIM card, this additional information may not be available.1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts ➔ ➔ SIM Management.Favo ritesBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Contacts and Your Address Book 762. Tap Copy Contacts to SIM.The phone then displays a list of your current phone contacts.3. Tap the contacts to place a checkmark adjacent to those entries you wish to have copied to the SIM card. •Repeat this step for all individual entries you wish copied to the SIM or tap Select all to place a checkmark alongside all entries.4. Tap Done to copy.5. At the Copy to SIM display, tap OK.The selected numbers are copied to the SIM card. Copying Contacts to the Phone1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts ➔ ➔ SIM Management.2. Tap Copy Contacts from SIM.3. At the Create contact under account prompt, tap on Phone or an account name that you would like to copy the contact to.The phone then displays a list of your current contacts stored on your SIM card.4. Tap the contacts to place a checkmark adjacent to those entries you wish to have copied to your phone. •Repeat this step for all individual entries you wish copied to your phone or tap Select all to place a checkmark alongside all entries.5. Tap Done to copy.The selected numbers are copied. Deleting Contacts from the SIM card1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts ➔ ➔ SIM Management.2. Tap Delete Contacts from SIM.The phone then displays a list of your current SIM contacts.3. Tap the contacts to place a checkmark adjacent to those entries you wish to have deleted from the SIM card. •Repeat this step for all individual entries you wish copied to the SIM or tap Select all to place a checkmark alongside all entries.4. Tap Delete.5. At the Delete Contacts from SIM prompt, tap OK.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
77The selected numbers are deleted from the SIM card.Deleting Address Book Entries from the PhoneYou can delete Phone or SIM entries from your phone’s memory.1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts .2. Within the Contacts list, touch and hold a contact that you want to delete.3. Tap Delete on the displayed list.4. At the Delete prompt, tap OK to delete the contact or Cancel to exit.Using the Service Dialing NumbersYou can view the list of Service Dialing Numbers (SDN) assigned by your service provider. These numbers may include emergency numbers, customer service numbers, and directory inquiries.1. From the Home screen, tap Contacts ➔ ➔ Settings.2. Tap Service numbers.3. Scroll through the available numbers (if available).4. Tap a number and the call is made.Note: This menu is available only when your SIM card supports Service Dialing Numbers.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Multimedia 78Section 5: MultimediaThis section explains how to use the multimedia features of your phone, including AT&T Locker, Media Hub, Music Hub, Music Player, Google Play Music, Video Player, Play Movies & TV, Gallery, Camera, and Camcorder.AT&T LockerAT&T Locker allows you to store, share, and sync all of your photos, videos, and documents in one safe, convenient place; the AT&T cloud. 1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ AT&T Locker .2. Sign on to your Google account if you are not already signed on. For more information, refer to “Creating a New Google Account” on page 13.The Play Store is displayed.3. The first time you sign in, the Play Store Terms of Service will be displayed. Tap Accept to continue or Decline to exit.4. Tap Update.5. Tap Accept & download.AT&T Locker will be downloaded to your device.6. At the AT&T Locker homescreen, tap Sign Me Up! to create an account or tap Sign In if you already have an account.7. Follow the on-screen instructions to use AT&T Locker.Media HubSamsung Media Hub is your one stop for the hottest movie and TV content. With hundreds of titles available at your fingertips, entertaining yourself or your kids on the go has never been easier. You can rent or purchase your favorite content and watch from the convenience of anywhere. Featuring the stunning viewing quality Samsung is known for, Samsung Media Hub is your gateway to mobile video like you've never experienced it before.Note: Media Hub usage is based on service availability.Using Media Hub1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Security ➔ Unknown sources to create a checkmark and allow the Samsung app to run.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
792. At the warning prompt, tap OK.3. Tap Home ➔ ➔Media Hub .4. Read the Terms and Conditions screen and tap the I agree to the Terms and Conditions checkbox.5. Tap Accept to continue or Decline to exit.The Media Hub screen displays.6. At the Media Hub screen, What’s New is displayed with recently added media that you can rent or purchase.7. The following tabs are displayed at the top of the screen:•Home: displays the Media Hub main screen.•Movies: displays movies that are available for rent or purchase. Scroll through the top navigation bar and select a movie category. The movies of that type will be displayed below. •TV Shows: displays TV shows that are available for purchase. Scroll through the top navigation bar and select a TV category. The TV shows of that type will be displayed below.•My Media: allows you to view all of the media that you have purchased or rented. Tap a media entry to view it.8. Scroll through the media listings and tap on an item you would like to purchase or rent.9. At the Details screen, follow the on-screen instructions to create a Samsung account and make a purchase.10. The media will be stored in the My Media folder.Media Hub Notices• Any media item (Media Content) may be rented or purchased after you create an account in Media Hub. • Media Content that is downloaded may be viewed concurrently on up to five (5) devices with Media Hub that are also registered to the same account. • You may choose to remove a device from your account no more than once every 90 days. • You may remove Media Content from a device as many times as you’d like. You will have the ability to re-download the Media Content at a later point in time subject to content re-download availability and studio permissions. • You MUST be in network coverage to license Media Content you have acquired through the Service. • You can use 3G, 4G, or Wi-Fi connectivity in order to download Media Content. • Unlike purchased Media Content, rented Media Content will be viewable on only 1 device in your account. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Multimedia 80• Media Content is downloaded and saved onto the SD card. • Your Media Content may pause/stop or not download in networks where there is a weak signal. • You may begin watching downloaded Media Content as soon as a) license acquisition has occurred and b) sufficient amount of the Media Content has been buffered.• You must finish watching rented Media Content within 24 consecutive hours of start of playback.•Stopping, pausing or restarting rented Media Content does not extend the available viewing time. •In no event will rented Media Content be available for a period of more than thirty (30) days (or shorter on a title-by-title basis) after the Media Content has been rented (e.g., if you begin viewing rented Media Content on the 29th day after the rental transaction, but do not finish viewing the entire title, that rented Media Content may not be available for the entire twenty-four (24) consecutive hour period if such period would extend the viewable time beyond the thirty (30) day rental window).• You cannot play any media content downloaded from Media Hub through any output on your mobile phone, including All Share.Music HubThe Music Hub app lets you upload your music collection to the cloud, stream and purchase songs from an extensive catalog, and listen to personal radio.Note: You must sign up for an account before accessing some of the Music Hub options.1. Sign on to your Samsung account if you have not already done so. For more information, refer to “Creating a Samsung Account” on page 12.2. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Music Hub .3. Read the introduction material and tap Continue to continue. Tap Music Hub Video to watch a helpful video about Music Hub.The Music Hub Home screen displays.4. Tap one of the following options:•Featured: This is the Music Hub home screen. Displays top albums, featured albums, top tracks, new releases, and more. Tap an item to display more information and prices.•Genres: Displays bestsellers and new releases by genre, such as pop, rock, jazz, comedy, and blues.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
81• Playlists: Displays downloaded playlists and your library of songs and albums. Tap New to create a new playlist.•My page: Displays the following options:–Basket: Displays songs that you have selected to buy. Tap Buy to start the purchase process. Tap Menu ➔ Delete all to clear your basket or tap Remove to delete songs from your basket.–Purchase List: Displays a list of your purchases.–Payment information: Allows you to set up your payment method. Tap Add card to enter your payment information.–Help: Display help information for Music Hub.Note: You have to be signed in to use some options. To sign in, tap Sign in and use the keyboard to enter your Email address and Music Hub Password. Tap Create account to set up a new account.5. Tap (Search) and use the keyboard to enter a key word or phrase to search for tracks, albums, or artists. Tap on the keyboard to search Music Hub. Select an item to play a sample, add an item to your basket, or add an item to your album.Making a PurchaseYou can use Music Hub to buy albums or individual tracks. You can also build your own album from various tracks.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Music Hub .2. Select an album or a track.3. Tap (Cart) next to an album to add the album to your basket or next to each track that you want to add to your basket.4. Tap (Add) next to the album to add it to your album.– or –5. Tap (Add) next to each track that you want to add to your album. 6. Tap New to create a new album.Music PlayerThe Music Player is an application that can play music files. The Music Player supports files with extensions AAC, AAC+, eAAC+, MP3, WMA, 3GP, MP4, and M4A. Launching the Music Player allows you to navigate through your music library, play songs, and create playlists (music files bigger than 300 KB are displayed).By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Multimedia 82Playing Music1. Tap ➔ Music Player .2. Tap a library category at the top of the screen (All, Playlists, Albums, Artists, Music square, or Folders) to view the available music files. 3. Scroll through the list of songs and tap an entry to begin playback. 4. The following Music Player controls are available:Music Player OptionsTo access additional options, follow these steps:1. While in the Music Player, press .2. The follow options are available:• Add to quick list: adds the current music file to the Quick list.• Via Bluetooth: scans for devices and pairs with a Bluetooth headset.•Share via: allows you to share your music by using Bluetooth, Email, Gmail, Group Cast, Messaging, or Wi-Fi Direct.•Add to playlist: allows you to add the current music file to a selected playlist.Pause the song.Start the song after being paused.Press and hold to rewind the song. Tap to go to previous song.Press and hold to fast-forward the song. Tap to go to next song.Volume control.Repeat one: repeats the currently playing song.Repeat all: replays the current list when the list ends.Play All: plays the current song list once.Shuffle On: the current list of songs are randomly shuffled for playback.Shuffle Off: songs play in order and are not shuffled.Provides access to the Music square.Lists the current playlist songs.Displays the current song in the player window.Provides access to the SoundAlive feature.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
83•Details: allows you to view media info such as Artist, Title, Biography, and other information.•Set as: allows you to set a music file to Phone ringtone, Caller ringtone, or Alarm tone.• Settings: allows you to change your Music Player settings. For more information, refer to “Music Player Settings” on page 83.•End: allows you to end the Music Player app.Music Player SettingsThe Music Player Settings menu allows you to set preferences for the Music Player such as whether you want the music to play in the background, sound effects, and how the music menu displays.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Music Player .2. Press ➔ Settings.3. Select one of the following settings:•SoundAlive: set a type of equalization such as Normal, Pop, Rock, Jazz, Dance, Classic, etc.• Play speed: set the play speed anywhere between 0.5X and 2.0X using the slider.• Music menu: this menu allows you to select which categories you want to display. Choices are: Albums, Artists, Genres, Music square, Folders, Composers, Years, Most played, Recently played, or Recently added. Tap each item that you want to display in the Music menu.•Lyrics: when activated, the lyrics of the song are displayed if available.• Music auto off: when activated, music will automatically turn off after a set interval.Using PlaylistsPlaylists are used to assign songs to a list of preferred media which can then be grouped into a list for later playback. These Playlists can be created via either the handset’s Music Player options menu or from within a 3rd party music application (such as Windows Media Player) and then downloaded to the handset.Creating a Playlist1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Music Player .2. Tap the Playlists tab.3. Press ➔ Create playlist.4. Type a name for this playlist in the field and tap OK.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Multimedia 84Adding Music to a PlaylistTo add files to the playlist:1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Music Player .2. Tap the Playlists tab.3. Tap the playlist name in which to add music.4. Tap Add music.5. Tap a music file, or tap Select all to add all the music tracks to this playlist then tap Done.Removing Music from a PlaylistTo remove music files from a playlist:1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Music Player .2. Tap the Playlists tab.3. Tap the playlist name in which to delete music.4. Press ➔ Remove.5. Tap the checkbox to the left of each track you want to remove from this playlist, or tap Select all to remove all the music tracks from this playlist, then tap Remove.Editing a PlaylistBesides adding and removing music files in a playlist, you can also rename the playlist.To edit a playlist:1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Music Player .2. Tap Playlists.3. Press ➔ Edit title.4. Tap a playlist name to edit.5. Enter a new name for the playlist then tap OK.For information on downloading music for your phone, see “Google Play Music” on page 84.Google Play MusicWith Google Play Music, you can play music that you have added to your music file as well as any music you copied from your PC. While offline, you can listen to music you have copied from your PC.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Play Music .2. At the Welcome screen, tap Next.3. At the Select an account screen, tap an account that you would like to link to Google Play Music or tap Add Account.4. At the Get free music screen, tap Get free songs or Skip.5. Follow the on-screen instructions for getting your free music.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
85All music on your device and external SD card is displayed including Music folders that may contain multiple songs.6. Tap a song to start playback.7. From the main Play Music screen, you can tap any of the following tabs for a more detailed listing of songs: Recent, Artists, Albums, Songs, Playlists, and Genres.8. Tap for the following options:• Shuffle all: allows you to play all of your music in a shuffled order.• Settings: allows you to view Open source licenses and the music version for the Play Music application.•Help: allows you to view a help file on the Google Support website.Video PlayerThe Video Player application plays video files stored on your microSD card.1. Tap ➔ Video Player .2. All videos that you have on your phone and memory card will be displayed. Tap the video that you want to play.3. The video will begin to play.4. The following video controls are available:Pause the video.Start the video after being paused.Press and hold to rewind the video. Tap to go to previous video.Press and hold to fast-forward the video. Tap to go to next video.Volume control.PIP (Picture In Picture) view. The video will be played in a small window so you can use your phone for other purposes while watching the video. Double-tap screen to return to previous size.Original size view. The video will be played in its original size.Full-screen in ratio view. The video is enlarged as much as possible without becoming distorted.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Multimedia 86Note: The screen view icons are a three-way toggle. The icon that is displayed, is the mode that will appear after the icon is tapped. For more information on downloading videos for your phone, see “Media Hub” on page 78.Play Movies & TVWith Google Play Movies & TV, you can rent thousands of different movies and television shows. You can watch instantly, or download your movie or show for offline viewing at a later time. 1. From the Home screen, tap ➔Play Movies & TV .2. Log on to your Google account if you have not already done so. 3. Following the on-screen instructions for renting and viewing movies and TV shows.4. Tap the MOVIES tab to view movies you can rent.5. Tap the TV SHOWS tab to view shows you can rent.6. Tap the PERSONAL VIDEOS tab to view movies you have on your phone or memory card.7. Press for additional options.GalleryThe Gallery is where you view photos and play back videos. For photos, you can also perform basic editing tasks, view a slideshow, set photos as wallpaper or contact image, and share as a picture message.1. Tap ➔ Gallery .All of the Albums that hold your pictures and videos will be displayed with folder name and number of files.2. Tap an Album and thumbnails of the contents will be displayed.Note: If your device displays that the memory is full when you access Gallery, delete some of the files by using My files or other file management applications and try again. For more information, refer to “My Files” on page 190.Full-screen view. The entire screen is used, which may cause some minor distortion.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
87Viewing Pictures1. From the main gallery, tap Slideshow to see a slideshow of all of your pictures.2. Tap a thumbnail to view a single picture.Note: If no control icons are displayed on the screen in addition to the picture, tap anywhere on the screen to display them.3. The following options are available at the top of the screen:• Camera : activates the camera.•Share via : allows you to share the picture via AT&T Locker, Bluetooth, ChatON, Email, Flipboard, Gmail, Google+, Messaging, Picasa, S Note or Wi-Fi Direct.• Delete : allows you to delete the picture.4. Press for additional options.Viewing VideosNote: If no control icons are displayed on the screen in addition to the picture, tap anywhere on the screen to display them.1. Tap a video to select it. 2. Tap to play the video.3. Press for additional options.For video player controls, see “Video Player” on page 85.Using S Beam to Share PicturesThis feature (when activated via NFC) allows you to beam large files directly to another compatible device that is in direct contact. These files can be larger, such as Videos, HD pictures, and other large files.You can beam images and videos from your gallery, music files from your music player, and more.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ More settings ➔ NFC.2. If not already active, in a single motion touch and slide the NFC slider to the right to turn it on . 3. Tap S Beam and make sure the feature is turned on. 4. If not already active, in a single motion touch and slide the S Beam slider to the right to turn it on . 5. On the source device (containing the desired image or video), tap ➔ Gallery .By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Multimedia 886. Locate and tap the selected image to open it in the preview window.Important! Neither device must be in Lock mode or displaying the Lock screen. They must both be active and unlocked. It is recommended that the target device be on the Home screen.7. Place the two active NFC-enabled devices back to back to begin (1).Note: If the Touch to beam screen does not appear on the source device:- Pull them apart- Verify the image is visible in the preview window on the source device (providing the file)- Place them together again8. From the Touch to beam screen, tap the reduced image preview to begin the transfer (2). 9. When prompted, separate the two devices. After a few seconds (depending on file size) the recipient with then see the transferred file displayed on their screen.To share multiple pictures via S Beam:1. On the source device (containing the desired image or video), tap ➔ Gallery .2. Locate the selected folder.3. Touch and hold the first image and place a checkmark on it and all desired images.Touch to beamPlace devices back to backTap the source imageBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
894. Place the two active NFC-enabled devices back to back to begin.5. From the Touch to beam screen, tap the reduced image preview to begin the transfer. When prompted, separate the two devices.CameraThis section explains how to use the camera on your phone. You can take photographs and shoot video by using the built-in camera functionality. Your 8 megapixel camera produces photos in JPEG format.Important! Do not take photos of people without their permission.Do not take photos in places where cameras are not allowed.Do not take photos in places where you may interfere with another person’s privacy.Using the CameraTaking PhotosTaking pictures with your device’s built-in camera is as simple as choosing a subject, pointing the camera, then pressing the camera key.Note: When taking a photo in direct sunlight or in bright conditions, shadows may appear on the photo.1. From the main Home screen, tap ➔ Camera to activate the camera mode.2. Using the phone’s main display screen as a viewfinder, adjust the image by aiming the camera at the subject.3. Before you take a picture, use the Up and Down Volume keys to zoom in or out. You can magnify the picture up to x4 (400 percent).– or –Pinch the screen to zoom out or pinch outwards to zoom in.4. If desired, before taking the photo, you can tap on-screen icons to access various camera options and settings. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Multimedia 905. You can also tap the screen to move the focus to the area you touch.6. Press the Camera key ( ) until the shutter sounds. (The picture is automatically stored within your designated storage location. If no microSD is installed, all pictures are stored on the Phone.) For more information, refer to “Camera Options” on page 90.7. While viewing a picture, after you have taken it, pinch the screen outwards to zoom in or pinch the screen inwards to zoom out.You can magnify the picture up to x4.8. Press to return to the viewfinder. Camera OptionsOptions are represented by icons across both sides of the screen.Display ImageSettingsStorage LocationCameraKeyImageViewerModeFrontFlashFacingCameraCharger onModeShootingEffectsCamera / Camcorder Mode: allows you to take a photo in various modes. Once you change the mode, the corresponding indicator appears at the top left of the display. Slide the button up for Camera, or down for Camcorder.Self-portrait: allows you to activate the front facing camera so you can take pictures of yourself or video chat.Flash: allows you to set the flash options to Off, On, or Auto flash.Shooting mode: allows you to set the shooting mode to one of the following:• Single shot: takes a single photo and view it before returning to the shooting mode.ABy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
91• Best photo: takes 8 photographs in quick succession and allows you to select and save the best.• Best Face: takes 5 photographs in quick succession and selects the best photograph based on open eyes, smiles, sudden movement, etc.• Face detection: double tap on a face to zoom in or out.• Panorama: takes a landscape photo by taking an initial photo and then adding additional images to itself. The guide box lets you view the area where the second part of the panoramic picture should fall within.• Share shot: uses Wi-Fi Direct to share your pictures quickly with your friends.• HDR: takes pictures in HDR (High Dynamic Range) mode to increase image detail.• Buddy photo share: uses face recognition from pictures in your contacts to send your friends or family pictures of themselves.• Beauty: adjusts the contrast to smooth facial features.• Smile shot: the camera focuses on the face of your subject. Once the camera detects the person’s smile, it takes the picture.• Low light: allows you to take better pictures when the light is low.Effects: allows you to change the color tone or apply special effects to the photo. Options include: No effect, Cold vintage, Warm vintage, Posterize, Solarize, Green point, Blue point, Red-yellow point, Washed out, Cartoonify, Black and white, Sepia, and Negative. Settings:Edit shortcuts: allows you to set shortcut icons for the settings that you use the most.Burst shot: takes 8 photographs in quick succession and allows you to select and save the best.Self-portrait: allows you to set the front camera so you can take pictures of yourself.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Multimedia 92Flash: allows you to set the flash options to Off, On, or Auto flash.Shooting mode: allows you to set the shooting mode.Effects: allows you to change the color tone or apply special effects to the photo. Options include: No effect, Cold vintage, Warm vintage, Posterize, Solarize, Green point, Blue point, Red-yellow point, Washed out, Cartoonify, Black and white, Sepia, and Negative.Scene mode: allows you to set the Scene to help take the best pictures possible. Options include None, Portrait, Landscape, Sports, Party/Indoor, Beach/Snow, Sunset, Dawn, Autumn Color, Text, and Candlelight. Helpful tips are shown for each scene mode at the bottom of the display screen.Exposure value: allows you to adjust the brightness level by moving the slider.Focus mode: allows you to set this option to Auto focus or Macro. Use Macro mode to take close-up pictures.Timer: allows you to set a timer for how long to wait before taking a picture. Options include: Off, 2 sec, 5 sec, and 10 sec.Resolution: allows you to set the image size to either: 8M (3264x2448), W6M (3264x1836), 3.2M (2048x1536), W2.4M (2048x1152), W0.9M (1280x720), or 0.3M (640x480).White balance: allows you to set this option to one of the following choices: Auto, Daylight, Cloudy, Incandescent, or Fluorescent.ISO: ISO determines how sensitive the light meter is on your digital camera. Choose from Auto, 100, 200, 400, or 800. Use a lower ISO number to make your camera less sensitive to light, a higher ISO number to take photos with less light, or Auto to let the camera automatically adjust the ISO for each of your shots.Metering: allows you to set how the camera measures or meters the light source: Matrix, Center-weighted, or Spot.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
93Outdoor visibility: allows you to maximize your photos taken while outdoors.Auto contrast: provides a clear image even under backlight circumstances where intensity of illumination can vary excessively.Guidelines: allows you to turn the guidelines On or Off.Auto share shot: allows you to easily connect to the devices you want to share pictures with and then bring the devices back together (back to back) to connect them.Anti-Shake: reduces image blur due to the movement of the subject of the photo or hand movement.GPS tag: allows you to turn GPS On or Off (also known as Geotagging). The location of where the picture is taken is attached to the picture. (Only available in Camera mode.) Before you can use the GPS tag (Geotagging), from the Home screen tap ➔ Settings ➔ Location services and tap Use GPS satellites to create a checkmark.Shutter sound: allows you to set the Shutter sound to On or Off.Contextual filename: allows you to have your location added as part of the filename. You must first activate GPS tag described above.Take photos using voice: allows you to take photos using your voice. You can use words such as Capture, Shoot, Smile, and Cheese.Save as flipped: when set to On, this option allows you to take and save a mirror-image photo.Image quality: allows you to set the image quality to: Superfine, Fine, or Normal.Storage: allows you to configure the default storage location for images or videos as either Phone or Memory card (if inserted).Reset: allows you to reset all camera or camcorder settings to the default values.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Multimedia 94Viewing your PicturesAfter you take a photo, you can access various options from the Image Viewer. The Image Viewer uses your Gallery. For more information, refer to “Gallery” on page 86.Using the CamcorderIn addition to taking photos, the camera also doubles as a camcorder that also allows you to record, view, and send videos.Note: The camera may not be able to properly record videos to a memory card with a slow transfer speed.Shooting VideoTip: When shooting video in direct sunlight or in bright conditions, it is recommended that you provide your subject with sufficient light by having the light source behind you.1. From the main Home screen, tap Camera to activate the camera mode.2. Touch and drag the Camera mode button down to Camcorder Mode.3. Tap the Recording mode that you prefer. Select between Normal, Limit for MMS, Slow motion, or Fast motion.4. Using the phone’s main display screen as a viewfinder, adjust the image by aiming the camcorder at the subject.5. Before you take a video, use the Up and Down Volume keys to zoom in or out. You can magnify the video up to x4 (400 percent).– or –Image viewer: allows you to access the Image viewer and the various viewing options for a selected picture. Image viewer options are described in the following section. The last picture you took, will be displayed as a thumbnail in the Image viewer icon.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
95Pinch the screen to zoom out or pinch outwards to zoom in.6. Tap the Video key ( ) to begin shooting video. The red light will blink while recording.7. You can tap the screen to move the focus to the area you touch.8. Tap to turn on auto focus. This will automatically focus on the middle of the screen.9. To capture an image from the video while recording, tap . This feature is not available when the anti-shake feature is activated.10. Tap the Video key ( ) again to stop the recording and save the video file to your Camera folder.11. Once the file has been saved, tap the image viewer, then tap to play your video for review.12. Press to return to the viewer.Camcorder OptionsOptions are represented by icons across both sides of the screen. Camera / Camcorder Mode: allows you to take a photo in various modes. Once you change the mode, the corresponding indicator appears at the top left of the display. Slide the button up for Camera, or down for Camcorder.Live Shooting: takes a photo during a video recording session in Camcorder mode. You can view the photo in your image viewer or Gallery.Self portrait: allows you to activate the front facing camera so you can take videos of yourself or video chat.Flash: allows you to set the flash options to Off or On. When you set the flash to On, it stays on continually while you are taking a video.Recording mode: allows you to set the recording mode to: Normal, Limit for MMS, Slow motion, and Fast motion.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Multimedia 96Effects: allows you to change the color tone or apply special effects to the video. Options include: No effect, Cold vintage, Warm vintage, Posterize, Solarize, Green point, Blue point, Red-yellow point, Washed out, Cartoonify, Black and white, Sepia, and Negative.Settings:Edit shortcuts: allows you to set shortcut icons for the settings that you use the most.Self-recording: allows you to set the front camera so you can take videos of yourself or video chat.Flash: allows you to set the flash options to Off or On. When you set the flash to On, it stays on continually while you are taking a video.Recording mode: allows you to set the recording mode to: Normal, which is limited only by available space on the destination location; Limit for MMS, which is limited by MMS size restrictions; Slow motion, which records in slow motion; and Fast motion, which records in fast motion.Effects: allows you to change the color tone or apply special effects to the video. Options include: No effect, Cold vintage, Warm vintage, Posterize, Solarize, Green point, Blue point, Red-yellow point, Washed out, Cartoonify, Black and white, Sepia, and Negative.Exposure value: allows you to adjust the brightness level by moving the slider.Timer: allows you to set a timer for how long to wait before taking a video. Options include: Off, 2 sec, 5 sec, and 10 sec.Resolution: allows you to set the image size to either: 1920x1080, 1280x720, 720x480, 640x480, or 320x240.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
97Viewing your VideosAfter you take a video, you can access various options from the Image Viewer. The Image Viewer uses your Gallery and the Video Player. For more information, refer to “Gallery” on page 86. Also, see“Video Player” on page 85.White balance: allows you to set this option to one of the following choices: Auto, Daylight, Cloudy, Incandescent, or Fluorescent.Outdoor visibility: allows you to maximize your photos taken while outdoors.Guidelines: allows you to turn the guidelines On or Off.Anti-Shake: reduces image blur due to the movement of the subject of the photo or hand movement.GPS tag: allows you to turn GPS On or Off (also known as Geotagging). The location of where the picture is taken is attached to the picture. (Only available in Camera mode.) Before you can use the GPS tag (Geotagging), from the Home screen tap ➔ Settings ➔ Location services and tap Use GPS satellites to create a checkmark.Contextual filename: allows you to have your location added as part of the filename. You must first activate GPS tag described above.Save as flipped: when set to On, this option allows you to take and save a mirror-image video when using self-recording mode.Video quality: allows you to set the image quality to: Superfine, Fine, or Normal.Storage: allows you to configure the default storage location for images or videos as either Phone or Memory card (if inserted).Reset: allows you to reset all camera or camcorder settings to the default values.Image viewer: allows you to access the Image viewer and the various viewing options for a selected video. Image viewer options are described in the following section. The last video you took, will be displayed as a thumbnail in the Image viewer icon.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Messaging 98Section 6: MessagingThis section describes how to send and receive different types of messages. It also includes the features and functionality associated with messaging.Types of MessagesYour phone provides the following message types:• Text Messages • Multimedia (Picture, Video, and Audio) Messages • Email and Gmail Messages• AT&T Messages• Google Talk• Google+ and Messenger Messages• ChatONThe Short Message Service (SMS) lets you send and receive text messages to and from other mobile phones or email addresses. To use this feature, you may need to subscribe to your service provider’s message service.The Multimedia Messaging Service (MMS) lets you send and receive multimedia messages (such as picture, video, and audio messages) to and from other mobile phones or email addresses. To use this feature, you may need to subscribe to your service provider’s multimedia message service.Important! When creating a message, adding an image, a sound file, or a video clip to a text message changes the message from a text message to a multimedia message.Messaging icons are displayed at the top of the screen and indicate when messages are received and their type. For more information, refer to “Indicator Icons” on page 23.Creating and Sending Messages1. From the main Home screen, tap Messaging ➔ Compose.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
99Note: The main Home screen initially contains the Messaging icon. If you delete it, or if you want to access Messaging from another Home screen, you must tap Apps ➔ Messaging .2. Tap on the Enter recipient field to manually enter a recipient or tap to select a recipient from your Contacts.3. If adding a recipient from your Contacts, tap the contact to place a checkmark then tap Done.The contact will be placed in the recipient field.Note: For the Group option, if the number of recipients is less than 10, all members in the group will be added. You will need to delete any unnecessary members in the list by selecting the trash can icon and deleting unwanted entries.Note: Enter additional recipients by separating each entry with a semicolon (;) then using the previous procedure.4. Tap the Enter message field and use the on-screen keypad to enter a message. For more information, refer to “Entering Text” on page 72.5. Add more recipients by tapping the recipient field.6. Review your message and tap Send .Note: If you exit a message before you send it, it will be automatically saved as a draft.Message OptionsOptions before composing a message1. From the main Home screen, tap Messaging .2. Before composing a message, press to reveal additional messaging options:•Search: allows you to search through all of your messages for a certain word or string of words. Enter a search string in the Messaging Search window and tap .• Delete threads: allows you to delete any message thread. Select the messages to delete and a green checkmark will appear next to the message. Tap Delete.•Draft messages: displays the draft messages folder and its contents.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Messaging 100• Scheduled messages: displays the scheduled messages folder and its contents.• Locked messages: displays the locked messages folder and its contents.• Spam messages: displays the spam messages folder and its contents.•Settings: allows you to access Messaging settings. For more information, refer to “Messaging Settings” on page 103.Options while composing a message1. While composing a message, press to reveal additional messaging options.•Call: allows you to call the contact. This option only appears if you have entered a phone number for the recipient.•Insert smiley: allows you to add emoticons, such as a happy face to your message.•Add text: allows you to copy text from your contacts, calendar, or from a memo to add to your message. This is a convenient feature for adding names, phone numbers, events, etc. to your message. For more information, refer to “Adding Additional Text” on page 101.•Add to Contacts: allows you to add the recipient to your Contacts list. This option only appears if the recipient is not already in your Contacts list.•View contact: allows you to see information on the recipient. This option only appears if the recipient is in your Contacts list.• Add slide: allows you to add a new page to a message.• Add recipients: allows you to add additional recipients.• Scheduled Message: allows you to assign the current message for scheduled delivery at a designated time.• Delete message: allows you to delete the message.• Register number as spam: allows you to register the number as spam.• Remove from spam number list: allows you to unregister a number from the spam number list. This option only appears if the number was previously registered as spam.•Discard: allows you to delete the message.Adding attachments to a messageTo add an attachment to your message, tap and select one of the following options:• Images: allows you to tap an existing image from your Pictures list to add it to your message.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
101• Take picture: allows you to temporarily exit the message, take a photo with phone’s camera, and then add it to your message by tapping Save.• Video: allows you to choose an existing video from the Videos list, then add it to your message.• Capture video: allows you to temporarily exit the message, record a video clip using the phone’s camera, and then add it to your message by tapping Save.• Audio: allows you to choose an existing audio file from the Audio list, then add it to your message by tapping the circle to the right of the audio so that it turns green, then tapping Done.• Record audio: allows you to temporarily exit the message and record an audio clip using the phone’s microphone. It is then automatically attached to the message.• S Note: allows you to add an S Note that you have created.• Calendar: allows you to add an event from your calendar. Select the desired event and tap Done.• Location: allows you to attach a thumbnail of a map showing your location.• Contacts: allows you to tap on an existing Address Book entry, then add it to your message by tapping Done.Adding Additional TextYou can copy text such as names, phone numbers, and events from your Contacts, Calendar or a Memo.1. While composing a message, press ➔ Add text.2. At the Add text screen, select one of the following:•S Note: allows you to insert text from an existing S Note.•Calendar: allows you to add the name, date, and time of a calendar event to your message.•Location: allows you to add an address and the link to the location on Google Maps.•Contacts: allows you to add the name and phone number of any of your contacts to your message.• Text templates: allows you to add pre-defined phrases and sentences.The information is added to your message.Viewing New Received Messages1. When you receive a new message, the new message icon will appear at the top of your screen.2. Open the Notification Bar and select the message. For more information, refer to “Notification Bar” on page 39.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Messaging 102– or –From the main Home screen, tap Messaging then tap the new message to view it.The selected message appears in the display. 3. To play a multimedia message, tap .•To pause playback of the multimedia message, tap .4. To scroll through the message (if additional text pages have been added), touch the screen and in a single motion, scroll up or down the page.Message ThreadsSent and received text and picture messages are grouped into message threads. Threaded messages allow you to see all the messages exchanged (similar to a chat program) and displays a contact on the screen. Message threads are listed in the order in which they were received, with the latest message displayed at the top.To open a threaded message follow these steps:1. From the main Home screen, tap Messaging .Tap the message thread you want to view.2. Touch and hold the message thread to display the following options:•View contact: displays the contact’s information. This option only displays if the sender is in your Contacts list.•Add to Contacts: displays the Contacts information screen. This option only displays if the sender is not in your Contacts list.• Delete thread: displays a confirmation dialog box that when pressed, deletes the entire thread.• Register number as spam: allows you to register the number as spam.• Remove from spam number list: allows you to unregister a number from the spam number list. This option only appears if the number was previously registered as spam.Deleting MessagesDeleting a single message thread1. From the main Home screen, tap Messaging .2. Touch and hold a message, then tap Delete thread. 3. At the Delete prompt, tap OK to delete or Cancel to cancel.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
103Deleting multiple message threads1. From the main Home screen, tap Messaging .2. Press ➔ Delete threads.3. Tap each message you want to delete. A checkmark will appear beside each message you select.4. Tap Delete.5. At the Delete prompt, tap OK to delete or Cancel to cancel.Message SearchYou can search through your messages by using the Message Search feature.1. From the main Home screen, tap Messaging .2. Tap ➔ Search.3. Use the on-screen keypad to enter a word or phrase to search for, then tap .4. All messages that contain the search string you entered are displayed.Messaging SettingsTo configure the settings for text messages, multimedia messages, Voice mails, and Push messages.1. From the main Home screen, tap Messaging ➔ ➔ Settings. 2. The following Messaging settings are available:Display:• Bubble style: allows you to choose from several bubble styles for your messages. Bubbles are the rounded boxes that surround each message.• Background style: allows you to choose from several background styles for your messages.•Split view: when in Landscape mode, allows you to view both the message list and the contents of the currently selected message.• Use the volume key: allows you to change the text size by using the up or down volume keys.General settings:• Delete old messages: deletes old messages when the limit is reached, rather than having them overwritten.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Messaging 104• Text message limit: allows you to set a limit on how many text messages can be in one conversation.• Multimedia message limit: allows you to set a limit on how many multimedia messages can be in one conversation.• Text templates: allows you to edit or add new text templates to use in your messaging.Text message (SMS) settings:• Manage SIM card messages: allows you to manage the messages that you have stored on your SIM card.• Message center: allows you to enter the number of your Message center where your messages reside while the system is attempting to deliver them.• Input mode: allows you to set the input mode for your text messages. Choose between GSM Alphabet, Unicode, or Automatic.Multimedia message (MMS) settings:•Auto-retrieve: allows the message system to retrieve messages automatically.•Creation mode: allows you to select the creation mode, Free, Restricted, or Warning.–Restricted: you can only create and submit messages with content belonging to the Core MM Content Domain.–Warning: the phone will warn you via pop up messages that you are creating a multimedia message which does not fit the Core MM Content Domain.–Free: you may add any content to the message.• MMS alert: allows you to receive an alert when MMS mode becomes active.Push message settings:• Push messages: allows you to receive push messages from the network.Cell Broadcast (CB) settings:•CB activation: allows you to receive Cell Broadcast (CB) messages.• Channel configuration: allows you to set up the channel that you will receive CB messages on.Notifications settings:• Notifications: allows you to see message notifications on your status bar.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
105• Select ringtone: allows you to set the ringtone for your message notifications.•Vibrate: allows you to configure the vibration mode associated with message alerts.• Message alert repetition: allows you to set the interval for new message alerts. Choose from: Once, Every 2 minutes, or Every 10 minutes.• Preview message: when enabled, allows you to view a preview of new message text on the Status bar.Signature settings:• Add signature: when enabled, this feature allows you to create a signature at the end of your outgoing text messages.• Signature text: allows you to enter a desired signature for your message.Spam message settings:• Spam settings: when enabled, allows you to configure available spam settings such as:• Register number as spam: allows you to manually enter and assign a phone number as being sent from a spam source.• Register phrase as spam: allows you to assign a specific text phrase as belonging to a spam message. Ex: Dear friend.• Block unknown senders: when active, automatically blocks incoming messages from unknown sources or blocked numbers.Using EmailEmail enables you to review and create email using various email services. You can also receive text message alerts when you receive an important email.Creating an Email Account1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Email .Your accounts screen displays with an Email setup screen displayed.2. Enter you email address in the Email address field.3. Enter your password in the Password field.4. If you want to see your password as it is being typed, tap Show password to create a checkmark.5. Tap Next.6. At the Account options screen, tap any of the options you would like.7. Tap Next.8. Enter a name for this email account (optional).9. Tap Done.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Messaging 106Creating a Corporate Email AccountUse the following procedure to configure your phone to synchronize with a corporate email account.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Email .Your accounts screen displays with an Email setup screen displayed.2. Enter you email address in the Email address field.3. Enter your password in the Password field.4. If you want to see your password as it is being typed, tap Show password to create a checkmark.5. If you want all of your emails sent from this email account by default, tap checkbox to create a checkmark.6. Tap Manual setup.7. Tap the Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync field.8. Enter all the Exchange server information, Domain, User name and Password, then tap Next.9. At the Activation prompt, tap OK.The Account options screen is displayed.10. Enter the desired information in the different fields, then tap Next.11. Enter an Account name for this account (Optional) and tap Done.Wait for the Inbox to synchronize before use.12. Press ➔ Settings to change the account settings.Creating Additional Email AccountsTo create additional email accounts after setting up your first account, follow these steps:1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Email .Your Email screen displays showing your emails from the active account.2. Press ➔ Settings.3. Tap to add another email account.4. Enter the information required to set up another account. For more information, refer to “Creating an Email Account” on page 105.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
107Switching Between Email Accounts1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Email .Your Email screen displays showing your emails from the active account.2. Tap the Inbox button at the top of your screen that displays the optional name you assigned to your active email account, for example, Work, Gmail, etc.Your Email accounts screen is displayed.3. Tap the Email account you would like to switch to. You can also select Combined view which will display email messages from all accounts.4. The new Email account is displayed.Using GmailGmail is Google’s web-based email. When you first setup the phone, Gmail is configured. Depending on the synchronization settings, Gmail is automatically synchronized with your Gmail account.Signing into Your GmailNote: You must sign in to your Gmail account in order to access Gmail.1. Sign on to your Google account if you are not already signed on. For more information, refer to “Creating a New Google Account” on page 13.2. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Gmail .3. Follow the on-screen instructions.The Inbox loads conversations and email.Creating a Gmail Message1. From the Gmail Inbox, tap at the bottom of the screen to create a new message.2. Enter the recipients Email address in the To field.Separate multiple recipient email addresses with a comma.3. Tap and select Add Cc/Bcc to add a carbon or blind copy.4. Enter the subject of this message in the Subject field.5. Tap the Compose email field and begin composing your message.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Messaging 1086. Tap to send.Viewing a Gmail Message1. From the Gmail Inbox, tap a message to view it.2. The following options are available at the bottom of the screen after a message has been selected:•Archive : archives the selected message.• Delete : deletes the message.•Labels : allows you to attach labels to a message. This is similar to putting it in a folder.• Mark Unread : after reading a message, marks as unread.• Newer: swipe your screen to the right to see newer messages.•Older: swipe your screen to the left to see older messages.3. Press to select one of the following additional options:• Mark important/not important: allows you to set the importance of a message.•Mute: allows you to mute the sound in a message if applicable.•Report spam: allows you to report a message as spam. Tap the UNDO option if you change your mind.•Settings: displays Email settings that you can modify.•Help: displays the Google.com webpage so you can search the web for help.• Send feedback: allows you to send feedback or report a problem.Other Gmail Options1. Tap at the bottom of the screen to refresh the screen, send and receive new emails, and synchronize your email with the Gmail account.2. Tap at the bottom of the screen to set up and manage Labels for your Gmail messages.3. Tap at the bottom of the screen to search through your Gmail messages.Google TalkGoogle Talk is a free Windows and web-based application for instant messaging offered by Google. Conversation logs are automatically saved to a Chats area in your Gmail account. This allows you to search a chat log and store them in your Gmail accounts.1. Log on to your Google account if you have not already done so. For more information, refer to “Creating a New Google Account” on page 13.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
1092. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Talk .3. Begin using Google Talk.4. Press ➔ Help for more information on using Google Talk.Note: The Network confirms your login and processes. This could take up to 5 minutes to complete.Google +Google+ makes messaging and sharing with your friends a lot easier. You can set up Circles of friends, visit the Stream to get updates from your Circles, use Messenger for fast messaging with everyone in your Circles, or use Instant Upload to automatically upload videos and photos to your own private album on Google+.1. Sign on to your Google account. For more information, refer to “Creating a New Google Account” on page 13.2. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Google+ .3. Select the account you want to use to sign in to Google+.– or –Tap Add account to create another account.4. Follow the on-screen instructions to use Google+.5. Visit www.google.com/mobile/+/ for more information.MessengerMessenger allows you to bring groups of friends together into a simple group conversation. When you get a new conversation in Messenger, Google+ sends an update to your phone.1. Sign on to your Google account. For more information, refer to “Creating a New Google Account” on page 13.2. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Messenger .– or –From the Google+ application, select Messenger.3. Tap Learn more for more detailed information.4. Select the account you want to use to sign in to Google+.– or –Tap Add account to create another account.5. At the Messenger screen, tap to start a new message.6. In the upper text field, enter a name, email address, or circle.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Messaging 1107. In the bottom message field, enter a message then tap .Messages AppAT&T Messages brings your texts, calls, and voicemail messages together into a single conversation thread and is accessible by phone or computer.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Messages .2. Sign on to your Google account if you are not already signed on. For more information, refer to “Creating a New Google Account” on page 13.Note: The first time you use the Messages app, you will need to download the updated application from the Play Store. When the Play Store page displays, tap Update. For more information, refer to “Play Store” on page 194.3. At the Welcome screen, read the information and tap Continue or tap Learn More to receive more information.4. The first time you use Messages, you will need to set up a few things. Tap Record Greeting to record a personal greeting, or tap Skip if you want to do it later.5. Follow the on-screen instructions to use the Messages app.ChatONProvides a global mobile communication service where you can chat with more than 2 buddies via a group chat. Share things such as pictures, videos, animation messages (Scribbles), audio, Contacts, Calendar entries, and Location information. Important! The Samsung account manages the access information (username/password) to several applications, such as AllShare Play, ChatON, and Media Hub.For more information, visit: https://web.samsungchaton.com.Registering with the Service1. Confirm you have already logged in to your Samsung account. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
111Note: There should be no (Samsung account icon) in the Notifications area of the screen.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ChatON .2. Read the on-screen notification about data charges and tap OK.3. Select Terms and conditions and Privacy policy and read the on-screen information. Tap Accept to continue.4. Select a country code, enter your current phone number to register with the service, and tap Done.5. Choose to receive the verification code via either SMS (text message) or Voice to your device.Note: If you opt to receive the verification code via SMS, this information is sent directly to your device. Once received, the Verification field is automatically filled in.6. Enter your real name and tap OK.Adding Your First Chat On Buddy1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ChatON .2. Tap Add buddy and choose a search method.• Address : to search by Country code and phone number.• Search by Samsung Account ID : to search by using a known samsung account ID.3. Enter the information and tap . Once the recipient is matched, their entry appears in the Results area.4. Tap (Add buddy) and confirm your new buddy appears in the Buddies tab.Note: For more information, press and tap General ➔ Help.Using ChatON for Chatting1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ChatON .2. Tap the Buddies tab and select a buddy to initiate your chat. 3. Enter your message using the on-screen text entry method.4. Tap to send the message.SendBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Messaging 112 To reply to a ChatON message:1. While the chat session is active, tap the Enter message field and then type your reply message.2. Compose your reply.Your texts are colored Blue and your buddy’s messages are white.3. Tap to deliver your reply.Deleting a single message bubble1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ ChatON .2. Launch a chat session to reveal the message string.3. Touch and hold a message bubble, then select Delete.Buddy’s BubbleMy BubbleText MessageThreadSendBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
113Section 7: Changing Your SettingsThis section explains the settings used for customizing your device.Accessing Settings1. From any Home screen, tap ➔ Settings .– or –From any Home screen, press ➔ Settings.Settings TabsThe Settings are divided into 4 main groups. When the Settings screen displays, the following 4 tabs are located at the top of the screen: Connections:This tab allows you to see all of settings related to the connection of your device to external sources. Options include: Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Tethering and portable hotspot, Airplane mode, Data usage, Location services, More networks (Mobile networks and VPN), NFC, S Beam, Nearby devices, and Screen Mirroring. Display:This tab provides access to display configuration and features. Options include: Lock screen, Wallpaper, Brightness, Screen timeout, Font, More display settings (Touch key light duration, Screen mode, Reading mode, Auto adjust screen tone, and Daydream), Notification panel, Multi window, LED indicator, Easy mode, Auto rotate screen, and Show battery percentage. Input and control:This tab provides access to Voice and input methods and Motion control. Options include: Language and input, Voice control, Hands-free mode, S Pen, One-handed operation, Edit after screen capture, Air gesture, Motions, Palm motion, Air view, Smart screen, and High touch sensitivity.DisplayDisplayInput and c..Input and c..By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 114Note: The settings for your device are described below in the order that they appear within the Settings menu. Options under the Connections tab are listed first, followed by My device, Accounts, and More settings.Wi-Fi SettingsThis section describes the Wi-Fi settings. For information on how to use Wi-Fi, see “Wi-Fi” on page 137.Activating Wi-Fi1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ Wi-Fi.2. Tap the ON/OFF slider, located to the right of the Wi-Fi field, to turn Wi-Fi ON .3. Tap Scan to scan for available Wi-Fi networks. For more information, refer to “Connect to a Wi-Fi Network” on page 137.Activating Wi-Fi DirectWi-Fi Direct allows device-to-device connections so you can transfer large amounts of data over a Wi-Fi connection.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ Wi-Fi.2. Tap the ON/OFF slider, located to the right of the Wi-Fi Direct field, to turn Wi-Fi Direct ON . 3. At the bottom of the Wi-Fi screen, tap the Wi-Fi Direct button.For more information, refer to “Wi-Fi Direct” on page 139.Advanced Wi-Fi SettingsThe advanced Wi-Fi settings allow you to set up and manage wireless access points.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ Wi-Fi.2. Press ➔ Advanced.The following options are available: General:This tab provides access to the General set of device settings not listed under the other three tabs. These include Sound, Call, Accounts, Date and time, Blocking mode, Personal page, Power saving mode, Accessibility, Accessory, Browser Bar, Backup and reset, Application manager, Battery, Storage, Security, and About device.GeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
115• Network notification: alerts you when a new WAP is available.• Passpoint: allows you to connect to passpoint-enabled Wi-Fi Access Points automatically. Touch and slide the slider to the right to turn it on .• Keep Wi-Fi on during sleep: allows you to specify when to disconnect from Wi-Fi.• Check for Internet service: Checks if Wi-Fi internet service is available when connected to an AP (Access Point).• Auto connect: allows you to be automatically connected to an AT&T Wi-Fi Hotspot as soon as your phone detects it.•MAC address: view your device’s MAC address, required when connecting to some secured networks (not configurable).•IP address: view your device’s IP address.Bluetooth settingsIn this menu you can activate Bluetooth, view or assign a device name, activate your phone so other Bluetooth devices can discover it, or scan for other, available Bluetooth devices with which to pair.Activating Bluetooth1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections.2. Tap the ON/OFF slider, located to the right of the Bluetooth field, to turn Bluetooth ON . The Bluetooth icon is displayed on the status bar.Additional Bluetooth SettingsWhen Bluetooth is on, additional settings are available.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ Bluetooth.2. Tap Scan to scan for nearby discoverable devices. After searching, tap a device to pair with it. For more information, refer to “Pairing Bluetooth Devices” on page 142.3. Press and select a Bluetooth setting to configure:• Visibility timeout: Use this setting to control when to automatically turn off the Discoverable option: 2 minutes, 5 minutes, 1 hour, or Never time out.• Received files: Shows the list of files received by using Bluetooth.4. Tap the checkbox next to SAMSUNG-SM-N900A to remove the checkmark if you do not want your phone visible to other Bluetooth devices.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 116Data UsageFrom this screen you can view your Mobile data usage and turn your Mobile data capability On or Off.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ Data usage.2. Tap Mobile data to create a checkmark and turn Mobile data usage on. 3. Tap Set mobile data limit to create a checkmark and allow a data limit to be set.4. Touch and drag the red limit bar to the GB limit that you desire.5. Tap the Data usage cycle drop-down menu and select a date.The data usage displays as a visual (chart) and also displays a list of each application with a breakdown of how much data was used per application.Note: Data is measured by your device. Your service provider may account for data usage differently.6. Press to display additional options. Tap to activate.• Data roaming: enables data roaming on your device.• Restrict background data: restricts some apps and services from working unless you are connected to a Wi-Fi network.• Auto sync data: allows your accounts to automatically sync•Show Wi-Fi usage: displays a Wi-Fi tab that shows Wi-Fi usage.• Mobile hotspots: displays available mobile hotspots.More networksThis option displays additional Connectivity information. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ More networks.Options display for Airplane mode, Mobile networks, Tethering and portable hotspots, and VPN.Airplane modeAirplane mode allows you to use many of your phone’s features, such as Camera, Games, and more, when you are in an airplane or in any other area where making or receiving calls or data is prohibited.Important! When your phone is in Airplane Mode, it cannot send or receive any calls or access online information or applications.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
1171. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ More networks.2. Tap the Airplane mode checkbox to create a checkmark and activate the feature. 3. At the Turn on airplane mode prompt, tap OK.The Airplane mode icon is displayed at the top of your screen.Mobile networksBefore you use applications such as Google Maps and find your location or search for places of interest, you must enable the Mobile networks options.Mobile dataTo enable data access over the mobile network, this option must be selected. It is set on by default.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ More networks ➔ Mobile networks.2. Tap Mobile data to create a checkmark and activate the feature.Data RoamingData roaming allows you to connect to your service provider’s partner networks and access data services when you are out of your service providers area of coverage.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ More networks ➔ Mobile networks.2. Tap Data roaming to create a checkmark and activate the feature.Access Point NamesTo use Wi-Fi you need access to a wireless access point (hotspot).1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ More networks ➔ Mobile networks.2. Tap Access Point Names.A list of the Access Point names display. The active access point displays a green, filled circle to the right of the name.Network OperatorsUsing this feature you can view the current network connection. You can also scan and select a network operator manually, or set the network selection to Automatic.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 1181. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ More networks ➔ Mobile networks.2. Tap Network operators.The current network connection displays at the bottom of the list.Important! You must deactivate data service prior to searching for an available network.Note: Connecting to 2G networks slows the data transfer speed and time.Default setup optionsYour phone default is set to Automatic (to automatically search for an available network. You can set this option to Manual to select a network each time you connect.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ More networks ➔ Mobile networks.2. Tap Network operators.3. Tap Default setup.4. Tap Manual to locate and connect to a network manually, or tap Automatic to allow the device to automatically select a network.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
119Tethering & portable hotspotThis option allows you to share your phones’s mobile data connection via USB or as a portable Wi-Fi hotspot.Mobile HotspotNote: To enable Mobile Hotspot on your phone, dial 611 or go to att.com/mywireless to set up the service.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Mobile Hotspot .– or –From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ More networks ➔ Tethering and portable hotspots ➔ Mobile Hotspot.2. Turn Mobile Hotspot on by tapping the slider so that it changes to the ON position .The Mobile Hotspot icon is displayed at the top of your screen.3. Follow the on-screen instructions to use Mobile Hotspot.USB tetheringNote: To enable USB tethering on your phone, dial 611 or go to att.com/mywireless to set up the service.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ More networks ➔ Tethering and portable hotspot.2. Connect your phone to your PC using a USB cable.3. Tap USB tethering to add a checkmark and activate the feature. The USB tethering icon is displayed at the top of your screen.4. Follow the on-screen instructions to use USB tethering.Help From the Tethering and portable hotspot menu, tap Help for additional informationVPN settingsThe VPN settings menu allows you to set up and manage Virtual Private Networks (VPNs).Important! Before you can use a VPN you must establish and configure one.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 120Adding a Basic VPNBefore you add a VPN you must determine which VPN protocol to use: PPTP (Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol), L2TP(Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol)/IPSec PSK (Pre-shared key based L2TP/IPSec), L2TP/IPSec RSA (Public key based L2TP/IPSec), IPSec Xauth (Cross authentication) PSK, IPSec Xauth RSA, or IPSec Hybrid (authentication) RSA.1. Before using VPN, you must first set up a screen unlock PIN or password. For more information, refer to “Lock Screen Settings” on page 123.2. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ More networks ➔ VPN.3. Tap Basic VPN.4. Tap Add.5. Enter a name for the VPN network in the Name field.6. Select a VPN type from the Type drop-down menu. The options are:•PPTP (Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol)•L2TP/IPSec PSK (Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol / Internet Protocol Security Pre-Shared Key)•L2TP/IPSec RSA•IPSec Xauth PSK•IPSec Xauth RSA•IPSec Hybrid RSA7. Enter the Server address and any other required fields that are dependent upon the Type you entered previously.8. Tap the Show advanced options check box to display additional VPN options.9. Tap Save to save your VPN settings.Adding an IPsec VPN1. Before using VPN, you must first set up a screen unlock PIN or password. For more information, refer to “Lock Screen Settings” on page 123.2. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ More networks ➔ VPN.3. Tap Advanced IPsec VPN.4. Tap Add VPN Connection.5. Enter a password, confirm the password, and tap OK.6. Enter a name for the VPN connection in the VPN connection name field.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
1217. Select a IPsec connection type from the drop-down menu.8. Enter any other required information.9. Tap Show advanced options to display additional VPN options.10. Tap Save to save your VPN settings.NFCNFC (Near Field Communication) allows data exchange when you touch your device with another compatible device. This is used for applications such as Android Beam and S Beam.To activate NFC, follow these steps:1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ NFC.2. Tap the ON/OFF slider, located to the right of the NFC field, to turn NFC ON . Android BeamWhen Android Beam is activated, you can beam app content to another NFC-capable device by holding the devices close together. You can beam browser pages, YouTube videos, contacts, and more.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ NFC ➔ Android Beam.2. Tap the OFF / ON icon to turn Android Beam ON .3. Touch the back of your device with another NFC-capable device and the content is transferred.S BeamWhen S Beam is activated, you can beam files to another NFC-capable device by holding the devices close together. You can beam images and videos from your Gallery, music files from your Music app, and more.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ S Beam.2. Tap the OFF / ON icon to turn S Beam on .3. Touch the back of your device with another NFC-capable device and the content is transferred.Nearby devicesThis option allows you to share your media files with nearby devices using DLNA and connected to the same Wi-Fi.1. Connect to a Wi-Fi network. For more information, refer to “Activating Wi-Fi” on page 114.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 1222. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ Nearby devices.3. Tap the File sharing checkbox to create a checkmark and activate File sharing. 4. Verify (Nearby devices) appears at the top of the screen.5. At the Nearby devices prompt, tap OK.6. Tap Shared contents, then check the media you would like to share. Tap OK.7. Tap Allowed devices list, then select the connected devices you would like to allow. 8. Tap Not-allowed devices list, then select the connected devices you would like to not allow. 9. Tap Download to, then select the destination of any downloaded (shared) content. Choose from Device or SD card.10. Tap Upload from other devices, then select the actions you’ll take when you upload content from other devices. Choose from either Always accept, Always ask, or Always reject.Screen MirroringThe Screen Mirroring feature allows you to share the media files on your device screen with an HDMI device such as an HDMI TV. Note: This feature requires the optional AllShare Cast dongle which is available as an accessory. See your AT&T Customer Service Representative for more information.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ Screen Mirroring.2. Connect the AllShare Cast dongle to the HDMI device using an HDMI A-to-A cable.3. Press ➔ Help for information on using Screen Mirroring.Kies via Wi-FiKies via Wi-Fi allows you to sync your PC wirelessly with your device provided they are both on the same Wi-Fi network. You can view and share videos, photos, music, ringtones, and more.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
1231. From your PC, download the Samsung Kies application if you don’t already have it. You can find it at samsung.com.2. From your PC, launch the Samsung Kies application.3. From your PC, connect to a Wi-Fi network.4. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ Kies via Wi-Fi.5. From your device, connect to the same Wi-Fi network that your PC is connected to if you have not already done so. For more information, refer to “Connect to a Wi-Fi Network” on page 137.Lock Screen SettingsChoose settings for unlocking your screen. For more information about using the lock and unlock features, see “Locking and Unlocking the Touch Screen” on page 10.Screen Lock1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ Lock screen.2. Tap Screen lock for these options then follow the on-screen instructions to set up your Screen lock:•Swipe: Swipe the screen to unlock it.• Face unlock: Look at your phone to unlock it. • Face and voice: Look at your phone and speak to unlock.•Pattern: A screen unlock pattern is a touch gesture you create and use to unlock your device. Follow the prompts to create or change your screen unlock pattern.•PIN: Select a PIN to use for unlocking the screen.• Password: Create a password for unlocking the screen.•None: No pattern, PIN, or password is required. The screen will never lock.Lock screen optionsActivate or deactivates various Unlock screen functions. Note: The Lock screen options will differ depending on what type of Screen Lock you have selected in step 2.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ Lock screen.2. The following options are available depending on the Screen Lock type that you have selected:DisplayDisplayDisplayDisplayBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 124Swipe options• Multiple widgets allows you to display multiple widgets on your lock screen. Appears as an options after a lock mode is enabled.• Lock screen widgets allows you to lock the widgets that are displayed on your home screens.•Shortcuts sets shortcuts to appear at the bottom of the Lock screen. Touch and slide the slider to the right to turn it on .• Unlock effect sets the effect you receive when unlocking the phone. You can select None, Ripple effect, or Light effect.•Help text shows help information on the Lock screen.• Wake up in lock screen requires that you say a command to wake-up your phone.•Set wake-up command designates your wake-up commands. Tap Set wake-up command and follow the on-screen prompts to create a new verbal command.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
125Face unlock options• Lock screen widgets allows you to lock the widgets that are displayed on your home screens.• Improve facial recognition allows you to improve your device’s face matching capability by capturing your face in different lighting, with or without glasses, and bearded or clean-shaven. Follow the on-screen instructions.• Presence check requires that you blink when using the Face unlock feature. This will increase the security of the feature.• Secured lock time allows you to set a time-out for lock screen.Pattern options• Lock screen widgets allows you to lock the widgets that are displayed on your home screens.• Make pattern visible allows you to see the pattern as you draw it.• Secured lock time allows you to set a time-out for lock screen.PIN and Password options• Lock screen widgets allows you to lock the widgets that are displayed on your home screens.• Secured lock time allows you to set a time-out for lock screen.Display SettingsIn this menu, you can change various settings for the display. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ Display.The following options display:•Wallpaper: allows you to set the Wallpaper for your Home screen, Lock screen, or both. For more information, refer to “Changing the Wallpaper” on page 31.• Notification panel: allows you to set the brightness of your notification panel and also select the quick setting buttons that you want to display at the top of the notification panel. For more information, refer to “Notification Bar” on page 32.•Multi window: tap this option to enable/disable the automatic Multi window feature.• Screen mode: allows you to select from several different color modes.•Brightness: configures the LCD Brightness levels. Tap Automatic brightness to allow the phone to self-adjust or drag the slider and tap OK.• Auto rotate screen: allows you to switch the display orientation automatically when you rotate the phone.DisplayDisplayBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 126• Screen timeout: adjusts the delay time before the screen automatically turns off. Selections are: 15 seconds, 30 seconds, 1 minute, 3 minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes, and 30 minutes.•Daydream: allows you to control what your screen does when your device is docked or sleeping. Tap the OFF / ON icon next to Daydream to turn it on . Follow the on-screen instructions.• Font style: allows you to set the font style that your phone will use. You can also tap Get fonts online to choose from a wider selection.•Font size: allows you to select which size of font is displayed.• Increase legibility: allows you to enhance the clarity of the text.• Touch key light duration: allows you to adjust the delay before the Touch key light automatically turns off.• Show battery percentage: allows you to see the battery charge percentage next to the battery charge icon at the top of the display.• Edit after screen capture: allows you to go edit a screen immediately after taking a screen capture.LED indicatorThis option allows you to turn on your LED lights for charging, missed events, and incoming notifications. The light will turn on by default unless you turn them off. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ LED indicator.3. Tap the following LED indicator options to turn them on or off:•Charging: LED lights up when the device is connected to the charger.•Low battery: LED lights up when the battery level is low.• Notifications: LED lights up when you have missed calls, messages, or application events.• Voice recording: LED lights up when you are recording voice. The LED only lights up when the screen is off.Home screen modeHome screen mode allows you to set your display to the conventional layout of Standard mode or provide an easier user experience for the first-time smartphone users using Easy mode.DisplayDisplayBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
1271. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ Home screen mode.2. Tap the pull-down dropbox and select one of the following options:• Standard mode: provides conventional layout for the apps and widgets on your home screens.•Easy mode: provides easier user experience for first-time smartphone users on the home screens.3. Tap Apply.Driving ModeWhen Driving mode is enabled, incoming calls and notifications will be read out automatically.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ Driving mode.2. Tap the OFF / ON icon next to Driving mode to the right to turn it on . Confirm that the Driving mode active icon appears in the Status bar.All incoming calls and notifications will be read out automatically.Note: You can disable Driving mode by saying “Driving mode off” while in S voice, or by accessing the Settings menu and sliding the Driver mode slider to the off position or by using the Notification panel.Browser BarThe Browser Bar option allows you to set up your BrowserBar for your web browser.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ Browser Bar.2. Follow the on-screen instructions to set up or modify your Browser Bar.One-handed operationThe one-handed operation settings help you to use your phone keypads easily with only one hand.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ One-handed operation.2. The following options are available:• Keypad and in-call buttons: allows you to adjust the position of the dialing keypad and in-call buttons to the left or the right to make it easier to use with one hand.DisplayDisplayDisplayDisplayOFFDisplayDisplayDisplayDisplayBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 128•Calculator: allows you to adjust the position of the calculator keypad to the left or the right to make it easier to use with one hand.• Unlock pattern: allows you to adjust the scale of the unlock pattern for use with one hand.• Learn about one-handed operation: provides more information about using one-handed operation.Language and inputThis menu allows you to configure the language in which to display the menus. You can also set on-screen keyboard options.LanguageYou can change the language used by your device by following these steps:1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ Language and input ➔ Language.2. Tap a language from the list.Keyboards and Input MethodsYou can change the keyboard used by your device by following these steps:1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ Language and input.2. Tap Default and select a keyboard.Select Samsung keyboard or Swype.3. Tap Set up input methods.4. Tap the icon next to the input method that you would like to configure the settings for.5. Based on your selection of input method, the appropriate settings will appear and are explained below.Google voice typing settingsFrom this menu you can set Samsung keyboard options.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ Language and input.2. Tap the icon next to Google voice typing.3. The following options are available:• Choose input languages: tap on a language that you want to input. Select Automatic to use the local language or select a language from the list.DisplayDisplayDisplayDisplayDisplayDisplayBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
129• Block offensive words: tap to create a checkmark and enable the blocking of recognized offensive words from the results of your voice-input Google typing.• Download offline speech recognition: Enables voice input while offline.Samsung Keyboard settingsFrom this menu you can set Samsung keyboard options.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ Language and input.2. Tap the icon next to Samsung keyboard.• Alphabets allows you to choose a keyboard configuration when you are entering letters (Qwerty keyboard [default] or 3x4 keyboard).• Numbers and symbols allows you to choose a keyboard configuration when you are entering numbers or symbols (Qwerty keyboard [default] or 3x4 keyboard).• Input languages sets the input language. Tap a language from the available list. The keyboard is updated to the selected language.• Predictive text enables predictive text entry mode. This must be enabled to gain access to the advanced settings. Touch and hold to access the advanced settings. Touch and slide the slider to the right to turn it on .•SwiftKey Flow allows you to type words by swiping between on-screen keys. DisplayDisplayBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 130• Cursor control allows you to move the cursor by sliding your finger across the keyboard.•Key-tap vibration enables vibration feedback when you tap an on-screen key.•Key-tap sound enables auditory feedback when you tap an on-screen key.• Handwriting enables the device to recognize on-screen handwriting and convert it to text.• Advanced displays the following advanced options:–Auto capitalization automatically capitalizes the first letter of the first word in each sentence (standard English style). –Auto spacing automatically inserts spaces between words.–Auto punctuate automatically inserts a full stop in a sentence by tapping the space bar twice when using the on-screen QWERTY keyboard. –Character preview provides an automatic preview of the current character selection within the text string. This is helpful when multiple characters are available within one key.•Tutorial displays more information on using the Samsung keyboard.• Reset settings resets the keyboard settings back to their original configuration.Predictive Text SettingsFrom this menu you can set Predictive Text settings.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ Language and input.2. Tap the icon next to Samsung keyboard. 3. Tap the ON/OFF slider, located to the right of the Predictive text field, to turn it ON . 4. Tap Predictive text.5. The following options are available:• Personalized data: allows you to use personal language that you have added to make your prediction results better.• Learn from Facebook: allows you to login to your Facebook account so your phone can learn your Facebook style.• Learn from Gmail: allows you to login to your Gmail account so your phone can learn your Gmail style.• Learn from Twitter: allows you to login to your Twitter account so your phone can learn your Twitter style.• Learn from Messaging: allows your device to learn from your Messages.DisplayDisplayBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
131• Learn from Contacts: allows your device to learn from your Contacts.• Clear remote data: deletes anonymous data that is stored on the personalization server.• Clear personal data: removes all personalized data that you have entered.• Privacy policy: click the link to read the privacy policy. Follow the on-screen instructions.Swype Keypad SettingsTo configure Swype settings:1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ Language and input.2. Tap the icon next to Swype.3. Tap Settings on the left side of the screen to alter these settings:• Vibrate on keypress: activates a vibration sensation as you enter text using the keypad.• Sound on keypress: turns on sounds generated by the Swype application.• Pop-up on keypress: displays the character above the key when typing.• Show complete trace: once enabled, sets wether or not to display the complete Swype path.• Auto-capitalization: automatically capitalizes the first letter of a sentence.•Auto-spacing: automatically inserts a space between words. When you finish a word, just lift your finger or stylus and start the next word.•Next word prediction: once enabled, predicts the next word in your text string based on your current text entries.• Show Voice key: once enabled, displays the Voice icon on your Swype keyboard so you can use the Voice input option. 4. Tap My Words on the left side of the screen to access the following options:• Backup & Sync: allows you to backup your Swype dictionary and sync your Swype dictionary across multiple devices.• Living Language: when enabled, this feature automatically updates your Swype dictionary with popular new words.• Social integration: allows you to learn information from your Facebook, Twitter, and Gmail accounts to help you while using Swype.DisplayDisplayBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 132• Edit my dictionary: allows you to edit your personal Swype dictionary.• Clear language data: deletes all of your personal language data, including your words.• Contribute usage data: when enabled, allows the Nuance® application to collect usage data for better word predictions.• Cellular data: when enabled, activates cellular data usage by the Swype application so it can receive program updates, language downloads, and other related features via your existing data connection.5. Tap Languages on the left side of the screen to activate and select the current text input language. Default language is English. Touch Download languages, to download additional languages.6. Tap Gestures on the left side of the screen to view helpful information on using gestures while using Swype.7. Tap Help on the left side of the screen to see the following options:•How to Swype: provides tips on how to learn to use Swype.• Show helpful tips: once enabled, displays helpful tips and hints as you are using Swype.•Version: displays the software version information.8. Tap Updates on the left side of the screen to download any new Swype updates. If an update is available, it will display under the updates heading. If no updates are displayed, then check back later to see any available updates.Speech SettingsThis menu allows you to set the speech settings for Voice input.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ Language and input.2. Tap Voice search to configure the following:• Language: Choose a language for your voice input.• Speech output: Sets whether you will use speech output always or only when using hands-free.• Block offensive words: Enable or disable blocking of recognized offensive words from the results of your voice-input Google searches.DisplayDisplayBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
133• Hotword detection: Enable to being able to launch voice search by saying the word “Google”.• Download offline speech recognition: Enables voice input while offline.•Bluetooth headset: allows you to record audio through a Bluetooth headset if available.3. Tap Text-to-speech options and select Google Text-to-speech Engine or Samsung text-to-speech engine.4. Tap next to the preferred TTS engine configure the following settings:• Language: allows you to set the language for spoken text.• Settings for Google Text-to-speech Engine: allows you to view Open Source Licenses.• Settings for Samsung text-to-speech engine allows you to view Open Source Licenses.• Install voice data: allows you to install voice data for speech synthesis.5. Scroll down to the General section to access the following options:• Speech rate: Set the speed at which the text is spoken.• Listen to an example: Play a sample of speech synthesis (available if voice data is installed).Pointer speedThis option sets your Pointer speed for your mouse or trackpad when you are using a keyboard dock accessory.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ Language and input.2. Tap Pointer speed then drag the slider to the right to go faster or to the left to go slower.3. Tap OK to save your setting.Motions and GesturesThe Motions and Gestures settings allow you to set up various Motion activation services. For more information on using gestures, see “Using Motions and Gestures” on page 20. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ Motions and gestures.DisplayDisplayDisplayDisplayBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 134MotionMotion allows you to control your device by performing natural movements.1. From the Motions and gestures screen, tap Motion.2. Tap the ON/OFF icon at the top of your screen to activate Motion.3. The following options are available:• Direct call: Once enabled, the device will dial the currently displayed on-screen Contact entry as soon as you place the device to your ear. Tap the ON/OFF icon to turn it on.•Smart alert: Once enabled, pickup the device to be alerted and notified of you have missed any calls or messages. Tap the ON/OFF icon to turn it on.• Zoom: Once enabled, you must be on a screen where content can be zoomed. In a single motion, touch and hold two points on the display then tilt the tilt the device back and forth to zoom in or out. Tap the ON/OFF icon to turn it on.• Move an icon: Once enable, you can move an icon to another page by holding the icon, then moving the device to the left or right. Tap the ON/OFF icon to turn it on.• Browse an image: Once enabled, touch and hold a desired on-screen image to pan around it. Move the device left or right to pan vertically or up and down to pan horizontally. Tap the ON/OFF icon to turn it on.• Mute/pause: Once enabled, mute incoming calls and any playing sounds by turning the device display down on a surface. Tap the ON/OFF icon to turn it on.Palm motionPalm motion allows you to control your device by touching your screen with the palm of your hand.1. From the Motions and gestures screen, tap Palm motion.2. Tap the ON/OFF icon at the top of your screen to activate Palm motion.3. The following options are available:• Capture screen: Once enabled, you can capture any on-screen information swiping across the screen. In a single motion, press the side of your hand on the screen and swipe form left to right. The image is then copied to the clipboard. Tap the ON/OFF icon to turn it on.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
135• Mute/pause: Once enabled, you can pause any on-screen video or mute any current sound by simply covering the screen with your hand. Once you remove your hand from the screen, the device goes back to normal by either continuing to play the current video or unmuting the current sound. Tap the ON/OFF icon to turn it on.Gyroscope calibrationGyroscope calibration allows you to calibrate motion correctly using the device’s built-in gyroscope.1. From the Motions and gestures screen, tap Gyroscope calibration.2. Place your device on a flat surface.3. Tap Calibrate.4. When finished, Calibrated will appear on your screen. Tap to return to the previous screen.Smart screenThe Smart screen options allow you to customize your screen settings to make the screen more responsive and easier to use.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ Smart screen.2. Tap any of the following options to create a checkmark and activate the features:•Smart stay: disables the screen timeout if your phone detects that your face is watching the screen.Air viewWith the Air view feature, you can hover your finger over the screen and Air view features will be displayed. For example, you can hover your finger over a scheduled item in your calendar to see more details. 1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ Air view.2. Tap the ON/OFF icon at the top of your screen to activate Air view.3. The following options are available. Tap an option to create a checkmark and activate the feature.• Information preview: allows you to see information previews, extended text, and enlarged images when you hover your finger over the screen.• Progress preview: allows you to preview a scene or show elapsed time when you hover your finger over the progress bar while watching a video.DisplayDisplayDisplayDisplayBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 136• Speed dial preview: allows you to see the contacts and their speed dial numbers when you hover your finger over them in your contacts list.• Webpage magnifier: allows you to see magnified links on webpages when you hover your finger over them.• Sound and haptic feedback: allows you to play sound and feel vibration when you hover your finger over Air view items.Voice controlThe Voice control settings allow you to set up voice commands to control your device.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ Voice control.2. Tap the ON/OFF icon at the top of your screen to activate Voice control.3. The following options are available. Tap an option to create a checkmark and activate the feature.• Incoming calls: allows you to answer or reject calls using the commands Answer and Reject.•Alarm: allows you to stop or snooze an alarm by using the commands Stop and Snooze.•Camera: allows you to take pictures using the voice commands Capture, Shoot, Smile, or Cheese.•Music: allows you to control your Music app using the voice commands Next, Previous, Play, Pause, Volume up, and Volume down.Note: If you set the alert type for calls or alarms to vibration, voice control will not be available.S Pen SettingsThis menu allows you to customize settings for the S Pen.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ My device ➔ S Pen.2. The following options are available:•Dominant hand: allows you to set your phone to Left handed or Right handed.• Pen attach/detach sound: allows you to select a sound to be played whenever the pen is attached or detached.• Open Popup Note: automatically opens Popup Note whenever the pen is detached.• Battery saving: disables the pen detection feature while the pen is attached to save battery power.DisplayDisplayDisplayDisplayBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
137• S Pen keeper: sounds an alert and displays a pop-up when you walk with the device without attaching the pen.•Air view: When the S pen tip is near the screen for a while, the S pen hovering feature will be provided. Touch and slide the slider to the right to turn it on .• Sound and haptic feedback: allows you to hear sound and sense haptic feedback when using your S Pen• Quick command settings: allows you to create pen gestures to open selected apps or perform tasks.• S Pen help: provides additional information about S Pen.Location servicesThe Location services settings allow you to set up how the phone will determine your location and the sensor settings for your phone.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ More ➔ Location services.2. Tap any of the following options to create a checkmark and activate the service:• Access to my location: allows apps that have asked your permission to use your location information. Tap the ON/OFF icon to turn it on.• Use GPS satellites: allows applications to use GPS to pinpoint your location.• Use wireless networks: allows applications to use data from mobile networks and Wi-Fi to help determine your location.• My places: allows you to add location information for your Home, Office, and Car.================================Display Tab================================================================Input and controls Tab================================GeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 138================================General Tab================================Sound SettingsFrom this menu you can control the sounds on the phone. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Sound.The following options display:VolumeThe Volume option allows you to change the volume for all phone sounds in one easy location.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Sound ➔ Volume.2. Touch and drag the slider to adjust the sound volume for Music, video, games and other media, Ringtone, Notifications, and System.3. Tap OK.Vibration intensityVibration intensity allows you to select how intense the vibration is for different options.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Sound ➔ Vibration intensity.2. Touch and drag the slider to adjust the Vibration intensity for Incoming call, Notification, and Haptic feedback.3. Tap OK.RingtonesThis option allows you to set the ringtone.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Sound.2. Tap Ringtones.3. Tap a ringtone and tap OK.– or –Tap Add to select a file from your music files.VibrationsThis option allows you to set your phone to vibrate and ring.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Sound.2. Tap Vibrations. 3. Select a vibration pattern and tap OK.GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
139– or –Tap Create and follow the on-screen instructions to create your own vibration.Default notification soundThis option allows you to set the default ringtone that will sound for notifications and alarms.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Sound.2. Tap Default notification sound.3. Tap a ringtone and tap OK.Vibrate when ringingThis option allows you to enable your phone to vibrate whenever it rings.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Sound.2. Tap Vibrate when ringing to create a checkmark and enable the feature.System Tone SettingsThe System tone settings are used when you use the dialing pad, make a screen selection, lock your screen, or tap the screen.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Sound.2. Tap any of the following options to create a checkmark and activate the feature:• Dialing keypad tone: makes a sound when you tap a key on the keyboard.• Touch sounds: makes a sound when you touch the screen.• Screen lock sound: makes a sound when your screen is locked or unlocked.• Haptic feedback: makes a vibration when you tap soft keys and on certain UI interactions.Adapt soundThe Adapt sound feature allows you to customize your call sounds. 1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Sound ➔ Adapt sound.2. Read the instructions and tap Start.3. Follow the on-screen instructions to set up your personal call sound.Call SettingsTo access the Call settings menu:GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 140 From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call.– or – From the Home screen, tap ➔ ➔ Call settings.Call rejection1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call ➔ Call rejection.2. Tap Auto reject mode and tap one of the following options:•Off: to turn Auto reject mode off.• All numbers: to reject all calls.• Auto reject numbers: to reject all calls in your Reject list.3. Tap Auto reject list.4. Tap to manually add numbers to the Reject list.5. Tap Unknown, to create a checkmark and automatically reject all calls that are not in your Contacts list.Set rejection messages1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call ➔ Set up call rejection messages.2. Tap to manually add a reject message.– or –Tap one of the pre-written messages to be displayed when you want the call to be rejected. You can edit the message if desired.3. Tap Save to save the reject message.Answering/ending calls1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call ➔ Answering/ending calls.2. The following options are available:• The home key answers calls: Tap this option to be able to accept incoming calls by pressing the Home key.• Voice control: Tap this option to be able to accept incoming calls by using your voice.• The power key ends calls: This option will allow you to end a call by pressing the power key without turning off the screen. Turn off screen during callsThis option turns on the proximity sensor during calls so that your phone will know to turn the screen off to save power.GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
141 From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call ➔ Turn off screen during calls to create a checkmark and enable the feature.Call alerts1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call ➔ Call alerts.2. Tap the following options to create a checkmark and activate the features:• Answer vibration: enables your phone to vibrate when the called party answers the phone.• Call-end vibration: enables your phone to vibrate when the call ends.• Call connect tone: plays a tone when a call is connected.• Minute minder: beeps twice every minute that you are on a call.• Call end tone: plays a tone when a call is ended.• Alerts during calls: turns on alarm and message notifications during a call.Call Accessories1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call ➔ Call accessories.2. The following options are available:• Automatic answering: configures the device to automatically answer and incoming call when a headset is detected.• Automatic answering timer: configures the time delay before the device automatically accepts the incoming call.• Outgoing call conditions: allows you to make calls even when the device is locked.Additional settings1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call ➔ Additional settings.2. Tap one of the following options:•Caller ID: allows you to choose how your Caller ID will be displayed. Select Network default, Hide number, or Show number.• Call forwarding: allows you to forward your calls to another number.• Auto area code: allows you to automatically prepend a specific area code to all outbound calls.• Call waiting: the network service informs you when someone is trying to reach you during another call. Tap to activate.GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 142• Auto redial: automatically redials the last number if the call was either cut off or was unable to connect. Tap to activate.• Fixed dialing numbers: allows you to restrict outgoing calls to a limited set of phone numbers.Using Fixed Dialing NumbersEnabling FDN1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call ➔ Additional settings ➔ Fixed dialing numbers.2. Tap Turn on FDN.3. At the prompt, enter your PIN2 code and tap OK.FDN is enabled.4. To enable FDN after it has been disabled, tap Turn off FDN, enter your PIN2 code and tap OK.Important! Not all SIM cards use a PIN2 code. If your SIM card does not, this menu does not display.The PIN2 code is provided by your carrier. Entering an incorrect PIN2 code could cause the phone to lock. Contact customer service for assistance.Changing the PIN2 Code1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call ➔ Additional settings ➔ Fixed dialing numbers.2. Tap Change PIN2.3. At the prompt, enter your old PIN2 code.4. At the prompt, enter a new PIN2 code.5. Confirm your PIN2 code.Managing the FDN ListWhen this feature is enabled, you can make calls only to phone numbers stored in the FDN list on the SIM card. Note: Before you can manage an FDN list a list must be created.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call ➔ Additional settings ➔ Fixed dialing numbers.2. Tap FDN list.3. A list of all existing FDN numbers will be displayed.GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
143Ringtones and keypad tones1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call ➔ Ringtones and keypad tones.2. Tap Ringtones, select a ringtone, and tap OK.3. Tap Vibrations, select a vibration type, and tap OK.4. Tap Vibrate when ringing to create a checkmark if you want your phone to vibrate when a call is incoming.5. Tap Keypad tones to create a checkmark if you want tones to play when the keypad is pressed.Personalize call soundThis option allows you to personalize the sounds you hear during a call with and without earphones.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call ➔ Personalize call sound.2. At the Personalize call sound display, tap one of the following options:• In-call sound EQ: the In-call sound equalizer allows you to set your call sound during calls. Select from Off, Soft sound, Clear sound, Adapt Sound left, or Adapt Sound right.• Adapt sound: allows you to customize your sounds. Follow the on-screen instructions to set up your personal call sound.Noise reductionThis option helps to suppress background noise from your side during a call. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call ➔ Noise reduction to create a checkmark and enable the feature.Increase volume in pocketThis option increases the ringtone volume when the device is in a pocket or a bag. It uses the proximity sensor to detect its location. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call ➔ Increase volume in pocket to create a checkmark and enable the feature.Voicemail service1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call ➔ Voicemail Service.Voicemail service provided by your carrier is the default.2. Tap My carrier to remove the carrier Voicemail service.GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 144Voicemail settingsYou can view or modify your voicemail number from this menu.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call ➔ Voicemail settings.2. Tap the Voice mail number field, backspace to erase the digits, and enter a new voicemail number using the keypad, then tap OK.3. Tap OK.SoundYou can select a unique ringtone for Voicemail alerts. 1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call ➔ Sound.2. Tap a ringtone to hear it played.3. Select a ringtone and tap OK.VibrateThis option allows you select vibration settings for Voicemail alerts.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call.2. Tap Vibrate to create a checkmark and activate the Vibrate feature.TTY ModeA TTY (also known as a TDD or Text Telephone) is a telecommunications device that allows people who are deaf, hard of hearing, or who have speech or language disabilities, to communicate by telephone. Your phone is compatible with select TTY devices. Please check with the manufacturer of your TTY device to ensure that it is compatible with digital cell phones.Your phone and TTY device will connect via a special cable that plugs into your phone’s headset jack. If this cable was not provided with your TTY device, contact your TTY device manufacturer to purchase the connector cable.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call ➔ TTY mode.2. Tap TTY Full, TTY HCO, or TTY VCO. A green checkmark will appear. Tap TTY Off to turn it off.Hearing aidsThis option allows you to turn on Hearing aid compatibility on your device.GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
1451. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Call.2. Tap Hearing aids to create a checkmark and enable the Hearing aid compatibility feature.Add AccountThis menu allows you to set up, manage, and synchronize accounts, including your Google and email accounts.Adding an Account1. From a Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Accounts ➔ Add account.2. Tap one of the account types.3. Use the keyboard and follow the prompts to enter your credentials and set up the account.A green circle will appear next to the account type once you have created an account. Your account will also be displayed in the My accounts section of the main Accounts menu.Removing an AccountImportant! Removing an account also deletes all of its messages, contacts, and other data from the device.1. From a Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Accounts.2. Tap the account which is located in the My accounts section.3. Tap the account name.4. At the bottom of the screen, tap Remove account, then tap Remove account at the prompt to remove the account and delete all its messages, contacts, and other data.Synchronizing AccountsSelect the items you want to synchronize on your account such as Books, Calendar, Contacts, and more.1. From a Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Accounts.2. Tap the account which is located in the My accounts section.GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 1463. Tap the account name.4. Tap Sync now to synchronize your account or only tap the Sync items that you want to synchronize.5. Tap Cancel sync to stop the synchronization.6. Tap Account settings to access your account settings.7. Tap Storage usage to see your storage usage for different applications.Date and timeThis menu allows you to change the current time and date displayed.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Date and time.2. Tap Automatic date and time to allow the network to set the date and time.3. Tap Automatic time zone to allow the network to set the time zone.Important! Deactivate Automatic date and time to manually set the rest of the options.4. Tap Set date and tap the up and down arrows to set the Month, Day, and Year then tap Set.5. Tap Set time and tap the up and down arrows to set the Hour, Minute, and PM/AM, then tap Set.6. Tap Select time zone, then tap a time zone.7. Optional: Tap Use 24-hour format. If this is not selected the phone automatically uses a 12-hour format.8. Tap Select date format and tap the date format type.Blocking ModeWhen Blocking mode is enabled, notifications for selected features will be disabled. You will only receive notifications of incoming calls from people on your allowed list.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Blocking mode.2. In a single motion touch and slide the Blocking mode slider to the right to turn it on . Confirm that the Blocking mode active icon appears in the Status bar.3. Place a green checkmark adjacent to those features you would like to enable. Choose from: Turn off incoming calls, Turn off notifications, Turn off alarm and timer, and Turn off LED indicator.GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
1474. Configure a timeframe for these features to be active. Remove the checkmark from the Always field to configure the From and To time fields.5. Tap Allowed contacts to assign those contacts that are exempted from these rules. Choose from None, All contacts, Favorites, or Custom. Allowed contacts will then appear in the Allowed contact list.Power saving modePower saving mode allows you to manage your phone to conserve power.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Power saving mode.2. Tap the OFF / ON icon next to Power saving mode to turn Power saving mode on .3. Tap the following options to create a checkmark and conserve power:• CPU power saving: allows you to limit the maximum performance of the CPU.• Screen power saving: allows you to lower the screen power level.• Turn off haptic feedback: allows you to turn off vibration when you tap or touch the screen.•Auto enable: automatically turns on Power saving mode when the battery falls below 20% even if Power saving mode is off.4. Tap Learn about Power saving mode to learn about various ways to conserve battery power.AccessibilityAccessibility services are special features to make using the device easier for those with certain physical disabilities. Use the Accessibility settings to activate these services.Note: You can download accessibility applications from Play Store and manage their use here.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Accessibility.2. The following options are available:• Auto rotate screen: automatically rotate the screen from landscape to portrait when you rotate your phone.• Screen timeout: timeout the accessibility feature after a defined amount of time. GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 148• Secured lock time: lock the screen after the selected amount of inactivity time. Note: Secured lock time option only appears after you set a Screen Lock other than Swipe or None. (See “Screen Lock” on page 123.) • Speak passwords: reads out password information.• Answering/ending calls: accept incoming calls by pressing the home key or end calls using the power key.•Show shortcut: allow the accessibility shortcut under the device options to be used by pressing and holding the power key.• Manage accessibility: save and update your accessibility settings or share them with another device. You can export your settings, import a previously saved file, or share your file with another device.• TalkBack: activate the TalkBack feature.Note: TalkBack, when installed and enabled, speaks feedback to help blind and low-vision users.Important! TalkBack can collect all of the text you enter, except passwords, including personal data and credit card numbers. It may also log your user interface interactions with the device.•Font size: change the size of the fonts used on the device within menus, options, etc. Choose from: Tiny, Small, Normal, Large, or Huge.• Magnification gestures: use exaggerated gestures such as triple-tapping, double pinching, and dragging two fingers across the screen.• Negative colors: reverse the display of on-screen colors from White text on a Black background to Black text on a White background.• Color adjustment: allows you to adjust the display colors if you are color blind and have difficulty reading the display because of the colors. Touch and slide the slider to the right to turn it on . Follow the on-screen instructions.• Accessibility shortcut: allows you to quickly enable accessibility features in 2 quick steps. Follow the on-screen instructions.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
149• Text-to-speech options: allows you to adjust your text-to-speech settings. For more information, refer to “Speech Settings” on page 132.• Enhance web accessibility: allows apps to install scripts from Google that make their Web content more accessible. Tap Allow.• Sound balance: allows you to use the slider to set the Left and Right balance when using a stereo device.• Mono audio: allows you to enable stereo audio to be compressed into a single mono audio stream for use with a single earbud/earphone.• Turn off all sounds: allows you to mute every sound made by the device during taps, selections, notifications, etc.• Flash notification: allows you to set your camera light to blink whenever you receive a notification.• Assistant menu: allows you to improve the device accessibility for users with reduced dexterity. Touch and slide the slider to the right to turn it on . Follow the on-screen instructions.• Press and hold delay: allows you to select a time interval for this action. Choose from: Short, Medium, or Long.• Interaction control: allows you to enable or disable motions and screen timeout. You can also block areas of the screen from touch interaction. Touch and slide the slider to the right to turn it on . Follow the on-screen instructions.Accessory SettingsThis menu allows you to select the Audio output mode whenusing a car or desk dock.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Accessory.2. Tap Dock sound to play sounds when inserting or removing the phone from the dock.3. Tap Audio output mode to use the external dock speakers when the phone is docked.4. Tap Desk home screen display to display the desk home screen whenever the phone is docked.5. Tap Automatic unlock if you are using a phone cover and you want your phone to unlock when you open the cover.6. Tap Audio output to set your Audio output to Stereo or Surround.GeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 150Back up and resetThe Back up and reset settings allow you to back up your data, back up accounts, automatically restore your phone, and reset your phone settings to the factory settings.Back Up My DataBy setting this option, the Google server will back up all of your settings and data.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Back up and reset.2. Tap Back up my data to enable or disable back up of application data, WI-Fi passwords, and other settings to the Google server.Backup AccountIf you have enabled the Back up my data option, then the Backup account option is available.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Back up and reset.2. Tap Backup account and tap your Google Gmail account or tap Add account to set your Google Gmail account to be backed up to the Google server.Automatic RestoreBy setting this option, when you reinstall an application, all of your backed up settings and data will be restored.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Back up and reset.2. Tap Automatic restore to enable or disable automatic restoration of settings from the Google server.Factory Data ResetFrom this menu you can reset your phone and sound settings to the factory default settings.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Back up and reset.2. Tap Factory data reset.The Factory data reset screen displays reset information.3. Tap Reset device, then follow the prompts to perform the reset.GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
151Warning! Performing a Factory data reset will erase all data from your phone and internal SD card, including your Google account, system and application data and settings, and downloaded applications. It will not erase current system software, bundled applications, and external SD card files such as music and photos.Application ManagerYou can download and install applications from Play Store or create applications using the Android SDK and install them on your device. Use Application manager settings to manage applications.Warning! Because this device can be configured with system software not provided by or supported by Google or any other company, end-users operate these devices at their own risk.Memory UsageSee how memory is being used by Downloaded or Running applications.1. From a Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Application manager.2. Tap DOWNLOADED, ON SD CARD, RUNNING, or ALL to display memory usage for that category of applications.The graph at the bottom of the Downloaded tab shows used and free device memory. The graph at the bottom of the Running tab shows used and free RAM.DownloadedDisplays apps you have downloaded onto your device.1. From a Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Application manager.2. Tap the DOWNLOADED tab to view a list of all the downloaded applications on your device.3. To switch the order of the lists displayed in the Downloaded tabs, press ➔ Sort by size or Sort by name.4. To reset your application preferences, press ➔ Reset app preferences.GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 152Note: This will reset the preferences for disabled apps, disabled app notifications, default applications for actions, and background data restrictions for apps. You will not lose any app data.5. Tap an application to view and update information about the application, including memory usage, default settings, and permissions.On SD CardDisplays apps you have downloaded onto your SD card.1. From a Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Application manager.2. Tap the ON SD CARD tab to view a list of all the downloaded applications on your device.3. To switch the order of the lists displayed in the On SD card tab, press ➔ Sort by size or Sort by name.4. To reset your application preferences, press ➔ Reset app preferences.Note: When you Reset app preferences, you will not lose any app data.5. Tap an application to view and update information about the application, including memory usage, default settings, and permissions.Running ServicesView and control services running on your device.1. From a Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Application manager.2. Tap the RUNNING tab. All the applications that are currently running on the device display.3. Tap Show cached processes to display all the cached processes that are running. Tap Show services in use to switch back.4. Tap one of the applications to view application information.The following options display:•Stop: Stops the application from running on the device. This is usually done prior to uninstalling the application.Warning! Not all services can be stopped. Stopping services may have undesirable consequences on the application or Android System.GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
153•Report: Report failure and other application information.Note: Options vary by application.BatterySee how much battery power is used for device activities.1. From a Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Battery.The battery level displays in percentage. The amount of time the battery was used also displays. Battery usage displays in percentages per application.2. Tap Screen, Android OS or any other listed application to view how it is affecting battery use.Note: Other applications may be running that affect battery use.StorageFrom this menu you can view the memory allocation for the memory card and USB as well as mount or unmount the SD card.For more information about mounting or unmounting the SD card, see “Memory Card” on page 33.To view the memory allocation for your external SD card: From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Storage.The available memory displays under the Total space and Available space headings for both Device memory and SD card.SD card Tap Unmount SD card to unmount your SD card so that you can safely remove it, then tap OK.– or –1. Tap Format SD card to format your SD card. This will delete all data on your SD card including music, videos, and photos.2. Tap Format SD card again.3. Tap Delete all to continue or press to cancel.Note: The Format SD card option is only available when your SD card is mounted.GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 154SecurityThe Security settings allow you to determine the security level for your phone.EncryptionTo require a numeric PIN or password to decrypt your phone each time you power it on or encrypt the data on your SD card each time it is connected:1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Security.2. You must first set up a screen lock type if you haven’t already done so. For more information, refer to “Screen Lock” on page 123.3. Tap Encrypt device. For more information, read the displayed help screen.4. Tap Encrypt external SD card to enable the encryption on SD card data that requires a password be entered each time the microSD card is connected.Tip: Make sure your battery is charged more than 80 percent. Encryption may take an hour or more.Set up/change passwordUse this option to set up your password when one is first required or change your current password. 1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Security ➔ Set up/change password.2. Enter a new password and tap Confirm.3. Enter the new password again and tap Confirm.GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
155Set up SIM card lockPrevent another user from using your SIM card to make unauthorized calls or from accessing information stored on your SIM card by protecting the information using a PIN code.When enabled, your phone will ask for a PIN number each time you use the phone. Using this option you can also change your SIM PIN number.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Security.2. Tap Set up SIM card lock.3. Tap Lock SIM card, enter your SIM PIN code, then tap OK.Note: You must activate Lock SIM card before you can change your SIM PIN code.4. Tap Change SIM PIN.5. Enter your old SIM PIN code and tap OK.6. Enter your new SIM PIN code and tap OK.7. Re-type your new SIM PIN code and tap OK.Forgotten SIM PIN passwordIf you enter the wrong SIM PIN more than 3 times, you will need to contact your AT&T Customer Service Representative to get the PUK code for your device.1. Each time you enter a wrong SIM PIN number the phone will display how many attempts you have remaining.2. After the third incorrect attempt, SIM is now disabled, Enter PUK code to continue. Contact carrier for details displays and your SIM card is locked.3. Enter the new PUK code that you received from your AT&T Customer Service Representative in the PUK code field.4. Enter a new PIN code in the Enter a new PIN field and tap OK.5. Enter the new PIN code again in the Confirm your new PIN field and tap OK.Note: While your SIM PIN is locked, you will still be able to make Emergency calls if necessary.GeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 156Make passwords visibleWhen enabled, password characters display briefly as you touch them while entering passwords.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Security.2. Tap Make passwords visible to create a checkmark and enable or disable the display of password characters.Device AdministratorsThe Device Administration feature allows you to select one or more administration applications that control your device for security purposes (for example, if your phone is lost of stolen). These applications enforce remote or local device security policies.Some of the features a device administration application might control are:• Setting the number of failed password attempts before the device is restored to factory settings.• Automatically locking the device.• Restoring factory settings on the device.Note: If a device uses multiple enabled administration applications, the strictest policy is enforced.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Security.2. Tap Device administrators.3. Select a device administrator and follow the prompts. If no device administrators are listed, you can download them from the Play Store.Unknown sourcesThis feature allows you to download and install non-Market applications.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Security.2. Tap Unknown sources.A check mark is displayed to indicate it is active.Warning! Enabling this option causes your phone and personal data to be more vulnerable to attack by applications from unknown sources.GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
157Verify appsThis feature allows you to either block or warn you before installing apps that may cause harm to your phone.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Security.2. Tap Verify apps.A check mark is displayed to indicate it is active.Trusted CredentialsIf a certificate authority (CA) certificate gets compromised or for some other reason you do not trust it, you can disable or remove it.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Security.2. Tap Trusted credentials.The trusted credentials screen has two tabs:• System: Displays CA certificates that are permanently installed in the ROM of your device.•User: Displays any CA certificates that you installed, for example, in the process of installing a client certificate.3. Tap a CA certificate to examine its details.A scrolling screen displays the details.4. Scroll to the bottom of the details screen and tap Turn off to disable a System certificate or Remove to remove a User certificate.Caution! When you disable a system CA certificate, the Disable button changes to Enable, so you can enable the certificate again, if necessary. When you remove a user-installed CA certificate, it is permanently deleted and must be re-installed, if needed.5. Tap OK to return to the certificate list.When enabled, a check mark appears in the check box.Install from device storageInstall encrypted certificates from an installed memory card.Note: You must have installed a memory card containing encrypted certificates to use this feature.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Security.2. Tap Install from device storage, then choose a certificate and follow the prompts to install.GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Changing Your Settings 158Clear credentialsClear stored credentials.Note: This setting only appears if you have installed encrypted certificates.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Security.2. Tap Clear credentials to remove all certificates.About DeviceThis menu contains legal information, system tutorial information, and other phone information such as the model number, firmware version, baseband version, kernal version, and software build number. To access phone information:1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ About device. 2. The following information displays:• Software update: allows you to update your phone software, if available. For more information, refer to “Software Update” on page 159.•Status: displays the Battery status, Battery level (percentage), Network, Signal strength, Mobile network type, Service state, Roaming status, Mobile network state, the phone number for this device (My phone number), IMEI number, IMEISV number, IP address, Wi-Fi MAC address, Bluetooth address, Serial number, Up time, and Device status.• Legal information: This option displays information about Open source licenses, Google legal information, and Samsung legal information. This information clearly provides copyright and distribution legal information and facts as well as Google Terms of Service, Terms of Service for Android-powered Phones, and much more pertinent information as a reference. Read the information and terms, then press to return to the Settings menu.•Device name: displays the phone’s model name.• Model number: displays the phone’s model number.• Android version: displays the android version loaded on this handset.• Baseband version: displays the baseband version loaded on this handset.GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
159•Kernel version: displays the kernel version loaded on this handset.• Build number: displays the software, build number.• SELinux status: displays the status of SELinux. SELinux is a set of security policies/modules which is applied to the device to improve the overall security.• Secure boot status: displays the status of the Secure boot.Note: Baseband, kernal and build numbers are usually used for updates to the handset or support. For additional information please contact your AT&T service representative.Software UpdateThe AT&T Software Update feature enables you to use your phone to connect to the network and upload any new phone software directly to your phone. The phone automatically updates with the latest available software when you access this option.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ About device ➔ Software update.2. Tap Check for updates.3. At the AT&T Software update prompt, tap OK to continue.4. The phone automatically updates the software (if available), otherwise, when the Current software is up to date prompt is displayed, tap OK.5. When updating software, once the update file is downloaded, you can delay the update on the start screen by postponing it for a certain period of time. If you want to resume the update before the selected time, tap Continue update.GeneralGeneralBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Connections 160Section 8: ConnectionsThis section describes the various connections your phone can make including accessing the Internet with your Browser, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and Connecting your PC.InternetThe Browser is your access to the mobile web. This section explains how to navigate the Browser and introduces you to the basic features.Accessing the Mobile WebTo access the Browser: From the Home screen, tap Internet .The AT&T/YAHOO! mobile homepage displays.Navigating with the Browser1. To select an item, tap an entry.2. To scroll through a website, sweep the screen with your finger in an up or down motion.3. Sweep the screen left to right to move laterally across a web page.4. To return to a previous page, press .5. To move forward to a web page, press .Zooming in and out of the BrowserThere are several ways to Zoom in and out on your browser. After tapping on a link or article, use one of these methods:• Tilting: Tap and hold the screen at two points then tilt the device back and forth to reduce or enlarge the screen. You must first enable motion in the Settings section. For more information, refer to “Motions and Gestures” on page 133.• Double tap: Quickly tap the screen twice on the web page to zoom in or out.• Pinching: Sweep in opposite directions at the same time to zoom in or out (use a pinching-in or pinching-out motion). Browser Options1. From the home page, press to access the following options:•Home: displays the home web page.•New window: displays a new window so you can browse multiple URLs. For more information, refer to “Adding and Deleting Windows” on page 161.• Add bookmark: allows you to add a URL to your bookmark listBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
161• Add shortcut to home screen: allows you to add a shortcut to your Home screen.• Share page: allows you to share the page using Gmail or as a message.• Find on page: allows you to search in the current page.• Desktop view: allows you to assign the browser to display the current page in the desktop view (to closely mimic the display as it would appear on a desktop computer).• Save for offline reading: allows you to store the current page in memory so that it can be read later even if you loose your Internet connection.•Brightness: allows you to set the screen brightness.•Downloads: displays the download history.•Print: allows you to print the screen or web page on a Samsung printer using Wi-Fi.• Settings: allows you to modify your web settings. For more information, refer to “Browser Settings” on page 164.Enter a URLYou can access a website quickly by entering the URL. Websites are optimized for viewing on your phone.To enter a URL and go to a particular website, follow these steps:1. Tap the URL field at the top of your screen.2. Enter the URL using the on-screen keypad.The website displays.Search the InternetTo perform an internet search using keywords, follow these steps:1. From the Google homepage, tap the URL field.2. Enter the keyword(s) to search using the on-screen keypad and tap Go.3. Tap a link to view the website.Adding and Deleting WindowsYou can have up to eight Internet windows open at one time. To add a new window, follow these steps:1. From your browser, press ➔ New window.A new browser window is opened. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Connections 1622. Tap (Windows) to see thumbnails of all open windows.3. Tap a window listing to open up that Internet window.4. Tap at the top right corner of the web page thumbnail to delete the window.Going IncognitoThe incognito feature allows you to view Internet sites outside of the normal browsing. Pages viewed in this incognito window won’t appear within your browser history or search history, and no traces (such as cookies) are left on your device. Note: Any downloaded files will be preserved and will stay on your device after you exit the incognito mode. To add a new incognito window:1. From your browser window, tap (Windows) ➔ (Incognito).2. A new browser window displays. Note: The incognito icon appears in the upper-left of the new browser window while you are in this mode. To exit from the incognito window:1. From your browser window, tap (Windows) ➔ (New window).2. Scroll across the available windows and locate the incognito window.3. Tap next to the incognito listing to delete this window.Using BookmarksWhile navigating a website, you can bookmark a site to quickly and easily access it at a future time. The URLs (website addresses) of the bookmarked sites are displayed in the Bookmarks page. From the Bookmarks page you can also view your Most visited websites and view your History.1. From the Home webpage, tap (Bookmarks).The Bookmarks page is displayed.2. Press to display the following options:• List/Thumbnail view: Select Thumbnail view (default) to view a thumbnail of the webpage with the name listed, or select List view to view a list of the bookmarks with Name and URL listed.•Create folder: Creates a new folder in which to store new bookmarks.222By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
163• Change order: Rearranges the current bookmarks.• Move to folder: Selected bookmarks are moved to a selected folder.•Delete: Erases selected bookmarks.3. Tap a bookmark to view the webpage, or touch and hold a bookmark for the following options:•Open: Opens the webpage of the selected bookmark.• Open in new window: Opens the webpage in a new window.•Edit bookmark: Allows you to edit the name or URL of the bookmark. For more information, refer to “Editing Bookmarks” on page 163.• Add shortcut to home screen: Adds a shortcut to the bookmarked webpage to your phone’s Home screen.• Share link: Allows you to share a URL address using many different options.• Copy link URL: Allows you to copy the URL address to use in a message.• Delete bookmark: Allows you to delete a bookmark. For more information, refer to “Deleting Bookmarks” on page 163.• Set as homepage: Sets the bookmark to your new homepage.Adding Bookmarks1. From any webpage, tap ➔ .2. Use the on-screen keypad to enter the Name, Address, and Location.3. Tap Save.4.Saved to bookmarks will appear at the bottom of the page.Editing Bookmarks1. From the Bookmarks page, tap and hold the bookmark you want to edit.2. Tap Edit bookmark.3. Use the on-screen keypad to edit the Name, Address, and Location.4. Tap Save.Deleting Bookmarks1. From the Bookmarks page, tap and hold the bookmark you want to delete.2. Tap Delete bookmark.3. At the Delete confirmation window, tap OK.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Connections 164Emptying the CookiesA cookie is a small file which is placed on your phone by a website during navigation. In addition to containing some site-specific information, it can also contain some personal information (such as a username and password) which can pose a security risk if not properly managed. You can clear these cookies from your phone at any time.1. From the Home webpage, press ➔ Settings ➔ Privacy and security ➔ Clear all cookie data.2. At the Clear prompt, tap OK to delete the cookies or tap Cancel to exit.Using your HistoryThe History list provides you with a list of the most recently visited websites. These entries can be used to return to previously unmarked web pages.1. From the Home webpage, tap ➔ History tab. A list of your most recently visited websites is displayed with Name and URL address. 2. Tap on a category such as Today, Last 7 days, or Most visited.3. Tap any entry to display the webpage.4. Press ➔ Clear history to delete the History list.Saved Pages The Saved pages list provides you with a list of the websites that you have saved.1. From the Home webpage, tap ➔ Saved pages tab.A list of your saved webpages is displayed with Name and URL address. The webpages that have been visited the most will appear at the top.2. Tap any entry to display the webpage.Browser SettingsTo make adjustments in your browser settings, follow these steps:1. Tap Internet ➔ ➔ Settings.2. The following options are available:General• Set home page: Sets the current home page for the Web browser.• Form auto-fill: allows you to fill in web forms with a single tap.• Auto-fill text: allows you to enter text to be used in the Form auto-fill feature.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
165Privacy and security• Clear cache: Deletes all currently cached data. Tap OK to complete the process.• Clear history: Clears the browser navigation history. Tap OK to complete the process.• Show security warnings: Notifies you if there is a security issue with the current website.• Accept cookies: Allows sites, that require cookies, to save and read cookies from your device.• Clear all cookie data: Deletes all current browser cookie files.• Remember form data: Allows the device to store data from any previously filled out forms. Remove the checkmark to disable this function.• Clear form data: Deletes any stored data from previously filled out forms. Tap OK to complete the process.• Enable location: Allows websites to request access to your location.• Clear location access: Clears location access for all websites. Tap OK to complete the process.• Remember passwords: Stores usernames and passwords for visited sites. Remove the checkmark to disable this function.• Clear passwords: Deletes any previously stored usernames or passwords. Tap OK to complete the process.• Enable notifications: Allows website notifications. Select Always on, On demand, or Off.• Clear notifications: Deletes website notification access information.Accessibility• Force zoom: allows you to override the website’s request to control zoom.•Text size: allows you to preview the text size, scale the text size using a slider bar, set the zoom amount on double tap, and minimize the font size using a slider bar.• Inverted screen rendering: allows you to preview a website page, select Inverted rendering (black becomes white and vice versa), and adjust the Contrast using a slider bar.Advanced• Select search engine: allows you to set your default search engine to Google, Yahoo!, or Bing.• Open in background: New pages are launched in a separate page and displayed behind the current one. Remove the checkmark to disable this function.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Connections 166• Enable JavaScript: Enables Javascript for the current Web page. Without this feature, some pages may not display properly. Remove the checkmark to disable this function.• Allow multiple tabs per app: Allows you to use multiple navigation tabs per application.• Enable plug-ins: Allows the download of plug-ins such as Adobe Flash.•Default storage: Allows you to set your default storage to Phone or Memory Card.• Website settings: View advanced settings for individual websites.•Default zoom: Adjusts the zoom feature. Set to Far, Medium, or Close.• Open pages in overview: Shows an overview of newly opened web pages.• Auto-fit pages: Allows web pages to be resized to fit as much of the screen as possible.• Block pop-ups: Prevents popup advertisement or windows from appearing onscreen. Remove the checkmark to disable this function.• Text encoding: Adjusts the current text encoding.• Reset to default: Clears all browser data and resets all settings to default.Bandwidth management• Preload search results: Allows the browser to preload high confidence search results in the background to help speed up searches.• Page preloading: Allows the browser to preload pages in the background.•Load images: Allows web page images to be loaded along with the other text components of a loaded website.Labs• Quick controls: allows you to open quick controls and hide the app and URL bars by swiping your thumb from the left or right edge of the screen.• Full screen: allows you to access Full screen mode and hide the status bar.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
167Wi-Fi About Wi-FiWi-Fi (short for "wireless fidelity"and sometimes referred to as wifi) is a term used for certain types of Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN). These device types use an 802.11 wireless specification to transmit and receive wireless data. Wi-Fi communication requires access to an existing and accessible Wireless Access Point (WAP). These WAPs can either be Open (unsecured) as within most Hot Spots, or Secured (requiring knowledge of the Router name and password).Turning Wi-Fi OnBy default, your device’s Wi-Fi feature is turned off. Turning Wi-Fi on makes your device able to discover and connect to compatible in-range WAPs.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings.2. Tap the ON/OFF slider, located to the right of the Wi-Fi field, to turn Wi-Fi ON . Connect to a Wi-Fi Network1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Wi-Fi.The network names and security settings (Open network or Secured with WEP) of detected Wi-Fi networks are displayed in the Wi-Fi networks section.2. Tap the network you want to connect to.Note: When you select an open network, you will be automatically connected to the network.3. Enter a wireless password if necessary.Manually add your new network connection1. Tap Add Wi-Fi network.2. Enter the Network SSID. This is the name of your Wireless Access Point.3. Tap the Security field and select a security option. This must match the current security setting on your target WAP.4. If secured, you will also need to enter your WAP’s password.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Connections 1685. Tap Save to store the new information and connect to your target WAP.Note: The next time your device connects to a previously accessed or secured wireless network, you are not prompted to enter the WAP key again, unless you reset your device back to its factory default settings.Turning Wi-Fi Off1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings.2. Tap the ON/OFF slider, located to the right of the Wi-Fi field, to turn Wi-Fi OFF . Note: Use of wireless data connections such as Wi-Fi and Bluetooth can cause an added drain to your battery and reduce your use times.Manually Scan for a Wi-Fi Network1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Wi-Fi.2. Tap Scan.All available Wi-Fi networks are displayed.Wi-Fi Status IndicatorsThe following icons show your Wi-Fi connection status at a glance: Displays when Wi-Fi is connected, active, and communicating with a Wireless Access Point (WAP).Displays when Wi-Fi is active but there is a communication issue with the target Wireless Access Point (WAP). Displays when connected to another device using Wi-Fi Direct. For more information, refer to “Wi-Fi Direct” on page 169.Wi-Fi Advanced SettingsThe Advanced Wi-Fi menu allows you to set up many of your device’s Wi-Fi service, including:• Network notification when an open network is available• Setting your Wi-Fi sleep policy• Checking for Wi-Fi Internet service• Automatically connecting to an AT&T Wi-Fi hotspot when detected• Viewing your device’s MAC and IP AddressOFFBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
169To access the Advanced Wi-Fi menu:1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Wi-Fi. 2. Press ➔ Advanced.Wi-Fi DirectWi-Fi Direct allows device-to-device connections so you can transfer large amounts of data over a Wi-Fi connection.Note: See your service plan for applicable charges for Wi-Fi Direct.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Wi-Fi.2. Tap the ON/OFF slider, located to the right of the Wi-Fi field, to turn Wi-Fi ON . 3. At the bottom of the Wi-Fi screen, tap the Wi-Fi Direct button.4. Repeat steps 1 - 3 on the other device you want to connect with. The steps on a different model of phone, may be different.5. On your phone, tap Scan.The device scans for other Wi-Fi Direct devices.6. Once the device you want to connect to is displayed, tap on it.7. The other device has 2 minutes to tap Accept for the connection to be made.8. Once connected, the other device will show as Connected in your list of Wi-Fi Direct devices and the icon will display at the top of your screen.9. To change your Device name, press ➔ Rename device.10. For additional information about Wi-Fi Direct, press ➔ Help.Sharing Information with Connected DeviceTo share Videos, Photos, or other information with the connected device, follow these steps:1. View the information that you want to share. For example, if you want to share a photo, find the photo in your camera viewer or My Files folder, then tap the Share, Share via, or Send via option.2. Tap the Wi-Fi Direct option.3. Tap the connected device name. For example, Android_49ba.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Connections 1704. The file is transferred and the other device will receive a screen notification that a Wi-Fi file has been received. The file can be found in My files ➔ sdcard0 in the ShareViaWifi folder.Note: Depending on the other device model, the prompts and shared folder information may differ.AT&T Smart Wi-Fi With AT&T Smart Wi-Fi, you can maximize your battery performance, maximize your data, simplify access to AT&T Hot Spots and Wi-Fi networks, automate your Wi-Fi connections, and track your data use.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ AT&T Smart Wi-Fi .2. Read the License Agreement and tap Accept to continue.3. At the Welcome screen, tap OK.4. At the Initial Setting screen, tap Yes if you want AT&T Smart Wi-Fi to automatically connect to any hotspot that is available for public use. Otherwise, tap No.5. Follow the onscreen instructions to use AT&T Wi-Fi.For more information on how to use this application, go to www.att.com/smartwifi.NFCNFC (Near Field Communication) allows data exchange when you touch your device with another compatible device. This is used for applications such as S Beam. To activate NFC on your device, see “NFC” on page 121.S BeamWhen S Beam is activated, you can beam files to another NFC-capable device by holding the devices close together. You can beam images and videos from your Gallery, music files from your Music Player, and more. For more information, refer to “S Beam” on page 121.BluetoothAbout BluetoothBluetooth is a short-range communications technology that allows you to connect wirelessly to a number of Bluetooth devices, such as headsets and hands-free car kits, and Bluetooth-enabled handhelds, computers, printers, and wireless devices. The Bluetooth communication range is usually up to approximately 30 feet.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
171Turning Bluetooth On and OffTo turn Bluetooth on:1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings.2. Tap the ON/OFF slider, located to the right of the Bluetooth field, to turn Bluetooth ON .When active, appears within the Status area.To turn Bluetooth off:1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings.2. Tap the ON/OFF slider, located to the right of the Bluetooth field, to turn Bluetooth OFF .Bluetooth Status IndicatorsThe following icons show your Bluetooth connection status at a glance:Displays when Bluetooth is active.Displays when Bluetooth is connected (paired) and communicating.Bluetooth SettingsThe Bluetooth settings menu allows you to set up many of the characteristics of your device’s Bluetooth service, including:• Entering or changing the name your device uses for Bluetooth communication and description• Setting your device’s visibility (or “discoverability”) for other Bluetooth devicesTo access the Bluetooth Settings menu:1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings.2. Verify your Bluetooth is ON .3. Tap Bluetooth.To change your Bluetooth name:1. From the Bluetooth settings page, press ➔ Rename device.2. Enter a new name.3. Tap OK to complete the rename process.To make your device visible:1. From the Bluetooth settings page, press ➔ Visible time-out.OFFBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Connections 172•Making your device visible allows it to be detected by other devices for pairing and communication.2. Select a time that you would like your device visibility to time-out.To show received files: From the Bluetooth settings page, press ➔ Received files.A list of all files received from Bluetooth is displayed.To scan for Bluetooth devices:1. Verify your Bluetooth is active.2. From the Bluetooth settings page, tap Scan to search for visible external Bluetooth-compatible devices such as headsets, devices, printers, and computers.Pairing Bluetooth DevicesThe Bluetooth pairing process allows you to establish trusted connections between your device and another Bluetooth device. When you pair devices, they share a passkey, allowing for fast, secure connections while bypassing the discovery and authentication process.To pair your device with another Bluetooth device:1. Verify your Bluetooth is active.2. Tap Scan. Your device will display a list of discovered in-range Bluetooth devices.3. Tap a device from the list to initiate pairing.4. Enter the passkey or PIN code, if needed, and tap OK.5. The external device will then have to also accept the connection and enter your device’s PIN code.Once successfully paired to an external device, appears within the Status area.Note: Due to different specifications and features of other Bluetooth-compatible devices, display and operations may be different, and functions such as transfer or exchange may not be possible with all Bluetooth compatible devices.Note: Pairing between two Bluetooth devices is a one-time process. Once a pairing has been created, the devices will continue to recognize their partnership and exchange information without having to re-enter a passcode again.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
173Disconnecting a paired deviceDisconnecting a paired device breaks the connection between the device and your phone, but retains the knowledge of the pairing. At a later point when you wish to reconnect the device, there is no need to setup the connection information again.1. Verify your Bluetooth is active.2. From the Bluetooth settings page, tap the previously paired device (from the bottom of the page).3. Tap OK to confirm disconnection.Note: Disconnections are manually done but often occur automatically if the paired device goes out of range of your phone or it is powered off.Deleting a paired device (unpair)Deleting a device from your list removes its “connection record” and upon reconnection would require that you re-enter all the previous pairing information.1. Verify your Bluetooth is active.2. From the Bluetooth settings page, tap next to the previously paired device. This opens the connected device’s menu options.3. Tap Unpair to delete the paired device.4. Tap Rename to change the name of the paired device.5. Tap Call audio to enable or disable call audio from the paired device.6. Tap Media audio to enable or disable media audio from the paired device.Sending Contacts via BluetoothDepending on your paired devices’ settings and capabilities, you may be able to send pictures, Contact information, or other items using a Bluetooth connection.Note: Prior to using this feature, Bluetooth must first be enabled, and the recipient’s device must be visible.1. Verify your Bluetooth is active.2. From the Home screen, tap Contacts .3. Press ➔ Import/Export ➔ Share namecard via.4. Tap each contact that you would like to send via Bluetooth. A green checkmark will appear next to each entry you select.5. Tap Done.6. Tap Bluetooth.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Connections 1747. Select the paired device to send the contacts to.Note: The external Bluetooth device must be visible and communicating for the pairing to be successful.8. A Bluetooth share notification will appear in your notifications list.PC ConnectionsYou can connect your device to a PC using your PC data cable using various USB connection modes.Storage: allows you to use the onboard storage capacity of the phone to store and upload files. This option allows your computer to detect the phone as a removable storage drive.Kies air: this application allows you to sync your Windows PC wirelessly with your phone provided they are both on the same Wi-Fi network.Kies: allows you to manage music, movies and photos. You can also backup precious contacts and calendars, download apps and podcasts and automatically upgrade device firmware. Kies conveniently syncs your life across all your devices.Note: To sync your device to your PC, it is highly recommended that you install Samsung Kies which is available at http://www.samsung.com/kies (for Windows/ Mac).Note: If you are a Windows XP user, ensure that you have Windows XP Service Pack 3 or higher installed on your computer. Also, ensure that you have Samsung Kies 2.0 or Windows Media Player 10 or higher installed on your computer.Connecting as a Storage DeviceYou can connect your device to a PC as a removable disk and access the file directory. If you insert a memory card in the device, you can also access the files directory from the memory card by using the device as a memory card reader.Note: The file directory of the memory card displays as a removable disk, separate from the internal memory.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
1751. Connect the USB cable to the device and connect the cable to the computer. After a few seconds, a pop-up window displays on the PC when connected.2. On the PC pop-up, click Open device to view files.3. Copy files from the PC to the memory card.Kies airKies air allows you to sync your Windows PC wirelessly with your phone provided they are both on the same Wi-Fi network. You can view and share call logs, videos, photos, music, bookmarks, ringtones, and even send SMS messages from your PC.To use the Kies air, follow these steps:1. Sign onto the same Wi-Fi network from your phone and from your PC. 2. On your phone, from the Home screen, tap ➔ Kies air .Note: The first time you use Kies air, you will need to download the application from the Market.3. Sign on to your Google account if you have not already done so.4. At the Install screen, tap Ok.5. Follow the on-screen instructions to download the updated application from the Play Store.6. From the Kies air homescreen, tap Start.A web URL is displayed on your phone screen.7. From your PC, enter the URL in your web browser.8. On your phone, an Access Request prompt is displayed. Tap Allow to continue.9. Tap the Remember for today checkbox if you will be using Kies air with the same PC later.10. From your PC, a security warning may be displayed asking if you want to run this application. Click Run to continue.11. On your PC, the Kies air screen is displayed. On your phone, the icon appears at the top of your screen.12. Follow the on-screen instructions to view and share information between your phone and PC.13. To exit the Kies air application, tap Stop on your phone, then close out the web browser on your PC.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Applications 176Section 9: ApplicationsThis section contains a description of each application that is available in the Apps Menu, its function, and how to navigate through that particular application. If the application is already described in another section of this user manual, then a cross reference to that particular section is provided.Note: This manual only addresses applications that have been loaded on your device as of the date of purchase. Information concerning third party applications that you may choose to download from the Google Play Store or otherwise should be obtained fromthe application provider directly and not from Samsung.Tip: To open applications quickly, add the icons of frequently-used applications to one of the Home screens. For details, see “Customizing Your Home Screen” on page 34.ATT Applications???AT&T Code ScannerAT&T Code Scanner allows you to scan two-dimensional (QR and datamatrix codes) and one-dimensional (UPC and EAN) barcodes found in magazines, stores, and online. 1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ AT&T Code Scanner .Note: The first time you use the AT&T Code Scanner, you will need to download the updated application from the Market. When the Market page displays, tap Update. For more information, refer to “Play Store” on page 194.2. Sign on to your Google account if you are not already signed on. For more information, refer to “Creating a New Google Account” on page 13.3. Read the Terms and Conditions and tap Accept to continue.4. At the My Profile screen, tap OK to allow your location information to be used or tap Don’t Allow to bypass.5. Enter your information in the My Profile section.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
1776. Tap ON to activate your profile. This allows the application to customize your results. For example, your zip code may help to deliver a coupon for a restaurant in your neighborhood. You can toggle the activation button between ON and OFF.7. Tap Done.8. Read the tutorial and tap Next until you are at the end of the tutorial. Tap Finish.9. Position your phone approximately 2-5 inches from the barcode. Ensure that the barcode is completely within the window. Keep your phone steady for best results.10. The scanner will automatically scan the barcode. It may take several seconds.11. After the scan, tap Yes to open the web page to view the information on the barcode that was scanned.AT&T DriveMode???AT&T FamilyMapAT&T FamilyMap provides peace of mind by being able to conveniently locate a family member from your wireless phone or PC and know that your family's location information is secure and private.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ AT&T FamilyMap .Note: The first time you use AT&T Family Map, you will need to download the application from the Market. For more information, refer to “Play Store” on page 194.2. At the AT&T FamilyMap Sign In webpage, enter your Phone Number and Password in the appropriate fields and tap Submit.Note: To sign up for service, visit http://www.att.com/familymap for more information.3. Follow the on-screen instructions.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Applications 178AT&T LockerAT&T Locker allows you to store, share, and sync all of your photos, videos, and documents in one safe, convenient place; the AT&T cloud. For more information, refer to “AT&T Locker” on page 78.AT&T NavigatorAT&T Navigator provides you with access to real-time GPS-driven applications. These programs not only allow you to achieve turn-by-turn navigation, but also access local searches.Important! You must have a data plan to use this feature.Note: These services require the purchase of a subscription.To launch the AT&T Navigator application, follow these steps:1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ AT&T Navigator .2. Read the Terms of Service and tap Accept to acknowledge the terms of use.The first time that you use AT&T Navigator, the necessary files will be downloaded. The AT&T Navigator main screen displays.3. Tap an AT&T Navigator plan that you choose to purchase.4. Follow the on-screen instructions.AT&T Ready2GoAT&T Ready2Go allows you to quickly and easily setup your phone by using the web browser on your PC. You can set-up email accounts, import contacts, set wallpaper, configure Wi-Fi and many more features. For more information, refer to “Setting up your Phone with Ready2Go???” on page 12.AT&T Smart Wi-FiWith AT&T Smart Wi-Fi, you can maximize your battery performance, maximize your data, simplify access to AT&T Hot Spots and Wi-Fi networks, automate your Wi-Fi connections, and track your data use. For more information, refer to “AT&T Smart Wi-Fi” on page 170.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
179CalculatorWith this feature, you can use the phone as a calculator. The calculator provides the basic arithmetic functions; addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division. The Calculator also keeps a history of recent calculations.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Calculator .2. Enter the first number using the on-screen numeric keys.3. Enter the operation for your calculation by tapping the corresponding on-screen arithmetic function key. 4. Enter the second number.5. To view the result, tap equals (=).6. To view calculator history, tap located at the top of the calculator buttons. A history of your past calculations is displayed. Tap again to display the calculator keypad.7. To clear the calculator history, press ➔ Clear history.8. To change the text size, press ➔ Text size. Tap Small, Medium, or Large.9. Press ➔ One-handed operation on to set the display so that it is easier to use the calculator with one hand. Press ➔ One-handed operation off to turn it off.10. Turn your phone sideways to the landscape position to display the scientific calculator.CalendarWith the Calendar feature, you can consult the calendar by day, week, or month, create events, and set an alarm to act as a reminder, if necessary.To access the Calendar:1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Calendar .2. Tap (Show More) to display these tabs:•Year: displays the Year view.•Month: displays the Month view.• Week: displays the Week view.•Day: displays the Day view.•List: displays the List view.•Task: allows you to search for tasks.3. Tap (Create event) to create a new Calendar event.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Applications 1804. Tap Today to display the current date indicated by a blue box.5. Tap Calendars to select the calendar options that you want displayed.6. Press and select one of the following options:•Go to: displays a specific date.•Delete: allows you to delete All events, All events before today, or an individual event.•Search: allows you to search within your current events.•Sync: allows you to synchronize your calendar with one or all of your accounts. This option only appears when an account has been opened.•Settings: displays a list of configurable settings.7. Tap (Handwriting mode) to activate handwriting mode. This allows you to jot down freehand notes using your S pen or finger.Calendar Settings1. From any Calendar view, press ➔ Settings.2. Tap Month view styles and select an option.3. Tap Week view and select a type: Timeline or Analog.4. Tap First day of week and select either Local default, Saturday, Sunday or Monday.5. Tap Hide declined events to activate this option. A check mark indicates selection.6. Tap Lock time zone (to lock event time based on your current user-selected time zone). Select a time zone from within the Select time zone field.7. Tap Show week number to display the week numbers along the side of the week entries.8. Tap Calendars and select the type of general synchronization settings you want. A check mark indicates selection.9. Tap Handwriting settings and configure handwriting-related calendar settings such as: First day of week and Show week number.10. Tap Set alerts & notifications to adjust the event notification method. Choose from: Alert, Status bar notification, and Off.11. Tap Select ringtone to assign a ringtone to a calendar event notification.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
18112. Tap Vibration to set the Event notification tone to vibrate.13. Tap Default reminder time to assign a default time frame for event reminders.14. Tap Notifications while screen is off to display notifications on the full screen while it is turned off.15. Tap Quick responses to select quick responses to emailing guests.16. Tap Swipe with two fingers to change the way events are displayed when swiped.CameraUse your 8.0 megapixel camera feature to produce photos in a JPEG format. Your phone also functions as a Camcorder to take videos. For more information, refer to “Camera” on page 89.ChatONWith the ChatON application, you can interact with friends and family with text, images, hand-written notes and video shared instantly. You can chat in groups, while a Web client will allow the easy sharing of content and conversations between your phone and PC. For more information, refer to “ChatON” on page 110.ClockThe Clock application allows you to access alarms, view the World Clock, set a stopwatch, and use a timer.AlarmThis feature allows you to set an alarm to ring at a specific time.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Clock ➔ Alarm ➔ Create alarm . The following options display:•Time: tap (Up) or (Down) to set the new time for the alarm to sound. Tap AM or PM.•Alarm repeat: use this option to set the repeating status for the alarm by tapping one the days that you want the alarm to sound. Tap the Repeat weekly checkbox to have the alarm repeat weekly.•Alarm type: sets the way in which the alarm sounds when activated (Melody, Vibration, Vibration and melody, and Briefing).•More: displays the following additional options:–Alarm volume: drag the slider to adjust the alarm’s volume.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Applications 182–Alarm tone: sets the sound file which is played when the alarm is activated. Select an option or tap Add for additional options.–Location alarm: when activated, the alarm only sounds when you are at a specific location. Touch and slide the slider to the right to turn it on then follow the on-screen instructions to enter a location.–Snooze: use this option to set a Duration (3, 5, 10, 15, or 30 Minutes) and Snooze repeat (1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 Times). Tap the ON/OFF slider to activate.–Smart alarm: tracks body movements and calculates the best time for sounding the alarm. Place the phone somewhere on your bed then the phone's movement sensor (also known as accelerometer) is sensitive enough to work from any part of the bed. Set the Interval and the Tone. Tap the ON/OFF slider to activate.–Name: allows you to use a specific name for the alarm. The name will appear on the display when the alarm activates. 2. Tap Save to store the alarm details.Turning Off an Alarm To stop an alarm when it sounds, touch and sweep the icon to the right.Setting the Snooze Feature To activate the Snooze feature after an alarm sounds, touch and sweep the icon to the left. Snooze must first be set in the alarm settings. For more information, refer to “Alarm” on page 181.Deleting AlarmsTo delete an alarm, follow these steps:1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Clock ➔ Alarm ➔ ➔ Delete.2. Tap the alarm or alarms you wish to delete. A green checkmark will appear next to each selection. Tap Select all to delete all alarms.3. Tap Delete.ZZBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
183World ClockWorld Clock allows you to view the time of day or night in other parts of the world. World Clock displays time in hundreds of different cities, within all 24 time zones around the world. 1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Clock ➔ World Clock. The clock for your time zone is displayed.2. Tap Add city to add another city to the World Clock.3. Scroll through the list of cities to find the city you want to add, or tap the Search bar and use the keypad to enter a city to search for.4. Tap the city you want to add. The clock for that city will display.5. To set Daylight Savings time, press and hold a city, then tap DST settings.6. Select Automatic, Off, or 1 hour.7. If Daylight Savings Time is selected, a sun symbol on the World Clock listing will appear.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Applications 184Deleting a World Clock Entry1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Clock ➔ World Clock ➔ ➔ Delete.2. Press and hold the city clocks you wish to delete.3. Tap Delete.StopwatchYou can use this option to measure intervals of time. 1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Clock ➔ Stopwatch.2. Tap Start to start the stopwatch and tap Lap to mark a unit of time per lap. 3. Tap Stop to stop the stopwatch.4. Tap Restart to continue or tap Reset to erase all times recorded.TimerYou can use this option to set a countdown timer. Use a timer to count down to an event based on a preset time length (hours, minutes, and seconds).1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Clock ➔ Timer.2. The Minutes field is highlighted and set to 1 minute. Use the keypad to set the number of minutes you want.3. Tap the Hours field to set hours if desired. As you tap different fields, they will become highlighted.4. Tap the Seconds field to set seconds.5. Tap Start to begin the timer and tap Stop to pause the timer.6. After stopping, tap Restart to continue or tap Reset to set the timer back to the original setting.Desk clockYou can use the Desk clock when you have a desk dock and you want your phone to display the time, day, date, location, and weather conditions when it is docked. 1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Clock ➔ Desk clock.The default Desk clock is displayed.2. Tap to display the Desk clock in full-screen mode.3. To make changes, tap ➔ Settings.4. The following options are displayed while in full-screen mode:By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
185• Hide status bar: when this is checked, the status bar is hidden from view.• Wallpaper: tap to select Desk clock wallpaper from Default, Gallery, or Same as home screen.•Calendar: when this is checked, the calendar is displayed. Tap to uncheck.• AccuWeather: when this is activated, the location, temperature, and weather condition is displayed. Touch and slide the slider to the right to turn it on .•Brightness: sets your Desk clock brightness by dragging the slider bar to the desired level.•Dock: allows you to set your Dock settings such as Dock sound, Audio output mode, Desk home screen display, and HDMI Audio output.ContactsYou can manage your daily contacts by storing their name and number in your Address Book. Address Book entries can be sorted by name, entry, or group.You can also synchronize your phone Address Book with AT&T Address Book, the network backup service.For more information, refer to “Contacts and Your Address Book” on page 65.DeviceHelpDeviceHelp provides online information to help with your device questions.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ DeviceHelp . The AT&T Device Help screen is displayed.2. Follow the on-screen instructions for accessing helpful information.DownloadsThe Downloads application allows you to manage all of your downloads from the Play Store and the Browser.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Downloads .All of your downloads are listed.2. Tap the Internet downloads tab to see all of the downloads you have made from the Browser.3. Tap the Other downloads tab to see all other downloads.4. Tap Sort by size to see your downloads sorted in size order.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Applications 1865. Tap Sort by date to see your downloads sorted in time order.EarthThe Google Earth application allows you to tour the planet. You can explore terrain, 3D buildings, cities, and landmarks. You can also find places and local businesses.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Earth .2. Tap OK to take a brief instructional tour of Google Earth or tap No thanks to go straight to the application.3. Follow the on-screen instructions to use Google Earth.EmailEmail enables you to review and create email using various email services. You can also receive message alerts when you receive an important email. For more information, refer to “Using Email” on page 105.FlipboardThis application creates a personalized digital magazine out of everything being shared with you. Access news stories, personal feeds and other related material. Flip through your Facebook newsfeed, tweets from your Twitter account, photos from friends and much more. 1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Flipboard .2. Tap Get started, select some on-screen categories and tap Done to create a new profile.– or –Tap Sign In to log into your previously created profile.3. Follow the on-screen instructions.GalleryThe Gallery is where you view photos and play back videos. For photos, you can also perform basic editing tasks, view a slideshow, set photos as wallpaper or contact image, and share as a picture message. For more information, refer to “Gallery” on page 86.GmailGmail is a web-based email service. Gmail is configured when you first set up your phone. Depending on your synchronization settings, Gmail can automatically synchronize with your Gmail account on the web. For more information, refer to “Using Gmail” on page 107.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
187GoogleThe Google Search application is the same on-screen Internet search engine that is on the Google Search Bar on your main Home screen. For more information, refer to “Google Search Bar” on page 26.Google +Google+ makes messaging and sharing with your friends a lot easier. You can set up Circles of friends, visit the Stream to get updates from your Circles, use Messenger for fast messaging with everyone in your Circles, or use Instant Upload to automatically upload videos and photos to your own private album on Google+. For more information, refer to “Google +” on page 109.InternetOpen the web browser to start surfing the web. The browser is fully optimized and comes with advanced functionality to enhance the Internet browsing feature on your phone. For more information, refer to “Internet” on page 160.Kies airKies air allows you to sync your Windows PC wirelessly with your phone provided they are both on the same Wi-Fi network. For more information, refer to “Kies air” on page 175.LocalLocal is an application that uses Google Maps and your location to help you find Restaurants, Cafes, Bars, Attractions, and other businesses. You can also add your own locations.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Local .2. Tap on one of the business categories to search for a particular business.All of the business categories that are close to you will be displayed.3. Tap on a business that you want to see the details for.4. The business details such as address, phone, website, and location are displayed. You can also see reviews from around the web and from Google users.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Applications 188MapsDepending on your location, you can view basic, custom, and satellite maps and local business information, including locations, contact information, and driving directions. You can also post public messages about a location and track your friends.Important! Before using Google Maps you must have at least an active data (3G) connection. The Maps application does not cover every country or city.Enabling a Location SourceBefore you use Google Maps and find your location or search for places of interest, you must enable a location source. To enable the location source you must enable the wireless network, or enable the GPS satellites.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Settings ➔ Location services.2. Tap the Use GPS satellites field. A green checkmark will display next to the field.Note: Selecting Use GPS satellites allows you to locate places of interest at the street-level. However, this also requires a clear view of the sky and uses more battery power.To receive better GPS signals, avoid using your device in the following conditions:• inside a building or between buildings• in a tunnel or underground passage• in poor weather• around high-voltage or electromagnetic fields• in a vehicle with tinted windowsUsing Maps1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Maps .A map will display with your location in the very center.2. Press to display the following options:• Clear Map: allows you to remove all markings and layers from the map.• Make available offline: allows you to save a selected area to you My places folder where you can view it later.•Settings: the following Map options are available:By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
189–Display: allows you to display the Zoom Buttons and Scale Bar on the screen.–Offline and cache: allows you to set options to pre-fetch map tiles when not using WiFi and to clear the cache that holds the map tiles.–Location settings: allows you to manage the settings for your Background location reporting, Location history, Latitude location sharing, and Check-ins.–Labs: this is a testing ground for experimental features that aren’t ready for primetime. They may change, break or disappear at any time. Click on a Lab to enable or disable it.–What’s New: allows you to see the latest changes in Play Store and update your app.–About: displays general information about Google maps such as Version, Platform, Locale, Total data sent, Total data received, Free memory, etc.–Feedback: allows you to send feedback to Google.–Terms, Privacy & Notices: displays the Terms and Conditions, Privacy Policy, Legal Notices information, and Web History. Select the desired information from the pop-up menu.•Help: displays the Google Mobile Help web page where you can receive help on Google Maps.Media HubSamsung Media Hub is your one stop for the hottest movie and TV content. You can rent or purchase your favorite content and watch from the convenience of anywhere. For more information, refer to “Media Hub” on page 78.MessagesThe AT&T Messages app brings your texts, calls, and voicemail messages together into a single conversation thread and is accessible by phone or computer. For more information, refer to “Messages App” on page 110.MessagingYou can send and receive different types of messages. For more information, refer to “Messaging” on page 98.MessengerMessenger allows you to bring groups of friends together into a simple group conversation. When you get a new conversation in Messenger, Google+ sends an update to your phone. For more information, refer to “Messenger” on page 109.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Applications 190Mobile HotspotThis application allows you to share your phones’s mobile data connection via USB or as a portable Wi-Fi hotspot. For more information, refer to “Tethering & portable hotspot” on page 119.Music HubThe Music Hub app lets you upload your music collection to the cloud, stream and purchase songs from an extensive catalog, and listen to personal radio. For more information, refer to “Music Hub” on page 80.Music PlayerMusic Player allows you to play music files that you have stored on your phone and memory card. You can also create playlists. For more information, refer to “Music Player” on page 81.My FilesMy Files allows you to manage your sounds, images, videos, bluetooth files, Android files, and other memory card data in one convenient location.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ My Files ➔ All files.2. Tap sdcard0 to see the contents of your internal SD card.3. The following folders may display:•Alarms: this folder contains any alarm files you may have.•Android: the Android folder stores files that are used in Android applications.•Application: this folder contains app info for S Memo.• Bluetooth: this folder stores files sent via a Bluetooth device.•DCIM: this is the default location for pictures and videos taken by the device. Tap DCIM ➔ Camera to view the picture or video files. For more information, refer to “Viewing Pictures” on page 87. Also, see “Viewing Videos” on page 87.• Download: this folder contains downloads you have made.•Movies: this folder contains your Video and Movie files.•Music: this folder contains your Music files.• Notifications: this folder contains all of the notifications you have received.•Pictures: this folder contains your photos.•Podcasts: this folder contains all of your podcasts. •Ringtones: this folder contains any ringtones you have purchased.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
191•S Note: this folder contains all the the S Notes you have written.Note: Different folders may appear depending on how your phone is configured.4. If you have an external SD card inserted, tap extSdCard to see the contents of your external SD card (memory card).myAT&TThe myAT&T application allows you to manage your own AT&T account. You can review and pay your bill, check minutes and data usage, upgrade to a new device, or change your rate plan.Note: The first time you use myAT&T, you will need to download the updated application from the Play Store. When the Play Store page displays, tap Update. For more information, refer to “Play Store” on page 194.Initial Setup1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ myAT&T .2. Sign into your Google Account. If you haven’t set up an account, see “Creating a New Google Account” on page 13.3. After signing into your Google Account, the Play Store displays the myAT&T application. Tap the application.4. Tap Update.5. Follow the on-screen instructions.Using myAT&T1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ myAT&T .The myAT&T page is displayed.2. Read the Terms and Conditions and tap Accept to continue.3. Enter your User ID and Password using the onscreen keypad, then tap Login.4. Follow the on-screen instructions.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Applications 192NavigationNavigation is an internet-connected GPS navigation system with voice guidance. You can type or speak your destination.Note: For voice-guided navigation, you need to install text-to-speech support from the Play Store.To receive better GPS signals, avoid using your device in the following conditions:• inside a building or between buildings• in a tunnel or underground passage• in poor weather• around high-voltage or electromagnetic fields• in a vehicle with tinted windowsLaunching Navigation1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Navigation .2. Read the Navigation information page and tap Accept to continue or Don’t accept to exit.3. Select one of the following options:• Speak destination: allows you to speak your destination.• Type destination: allows you to use the keypad to enter your destination.•Go home: takes you to your home address. The first time you are prompted to enter it.•Map: takes you to the map location of your present location using GPS.• Recent Destinations: allows you to access information on previous destinations you have used. This option only appears after you have entered one or more destinations.4. Follow the on-screen instructions.Obtaining Driving DirectionsYour phone’s built-in GPS hardware allows you to get real-time driving directions to selected locations or establishments based on your current location.Using a Physical Address1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Navigation .2. Tap either Speak Destination or Type Destination.3. If typing in the address, enter the address, City, and State using the keypad. As you type, possible addresses will be displayed. Tap on one when you see the address you want.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
193The route will be displayed.4. If speaking the address, the Voice guidance screen is displayed. For voice-guided navigation you need to install text-to-speech support from the Play Store. Tap Install to install the application or tap Skip to exit.Note: You will need to be signed on to your Google account before downloading applications from the Play Store. For more information, refer to “Creating a New Google Account” on page 13.5. As you drive the route display will be updated and you will receive voice-guided navigation directions.6. Tap for additional options.Paper ArtistPaper Artist provides access to an in-device graphics program. You can start from an empty canvas or import a picture from your Gallery to get you started.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Paper Artist .2. Follow the on-screen instructions.PhoneThe Phone application allows you to access the dialer keypad, call logs, and favorites. For more information, refer to “Call Functions” on page 47.Play BooksWith Google Play Books, you can find more than 3 million free e-books and hundreds of thousands more to buy in the eBookstore.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Play Books .2. Log on to your Google account. For more information, refer to “Creating a New Google Account” on page 13.3. Follow the on-screen instructions for using the Play Books application.Play MagazinesWith Google Play Magazines, you can subscribe to your favorite magazines and have them available to read on your phone at any time or any place.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Play Magazines .By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Applications 1942. Log on to your Google account if you have not already done so. For more information, refer to “Creating a New Google Account” on page 13.3. At the Welcome! display, tap the shop icon to browse the full catalog.4. Read the Google Play Terms of Service and tap Accept.5. Sweep the screen to the left or right to view Categories, Featured, Top Selling, and New Arrivals.6. Tap a magazine to see more information and subscribe.7. Follow the on-screen instructions to subscribe to a magazine.Play Movies & TVWith Google Play Movies & TV, you can rent thousands of different movies and television shows. You can watch instantly, or download your movie or show for offline viewing at a later time. For more information, refer to “Play Movies & TV” on page 86.Play MusicWith Google Play Music, you can play music that you have added to your music file as well as any music you copied from your PC. While offline, you can listen to music you have copied from your PC. For more information, refer to “Google Play Music” on page 84.Play StorePlay Store provides access to downloadable applications and games to install on your phone. Play Store also allows you to provide feedback and comments about an application, or flag an application that might be incompatible with your phone. Before using the Play Store you must have a Google Account. For more information, refer to “Using Gmail” on page 107.1. From the main Home screen, tap Play Store .2. Sign in to your Google account.3. The first time you sign in, the Play Store Terms of Service will be displayed. Tap Accept to continue or Decline to exit.4. Tap Apps, Games, or AT&T to download or purchase games or applications. You can also download updates to existing applications.5. Follow on the on-screen instructions.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
195Polaris Office 4.0Polaris® Office Mobile for Android is a Microsoft Office compatible office suite. This application provides a central place for managing your documents online or offline. The application can also open Adobe PDF (Portable Document Format) files.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Polaris Office 4.0 .2. Enter your Email information (if desired) and touch Done to complete the process.– or –Touch Skip to ignore this registration.The main Polaris Office screen displays.3. Follow the on-screen instructions to use Polaris Office.S NoteUse this application to create notes with productivity tools that turn handwriting into typed text and correct drawn shapes, lines, and formulas to make them perfect.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ S Note .2. Read the information at the Learn about application pop-up and tap OK.3. Tap ➔ Tutorial from the main S Note screen to learn more about the application, then follow the on-screen instructions.S SuggestThis application provides on-screen recommendations for applications that are specifically supported and made for use on your device.Note: Access to this feature requires that you already be logged in to your Samsung account application. For more information, refer to “Creating a Samsung Account” on page 12.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ S Suggest.2. Read the terms and conditions.3. Place a check mark in the Agree field then tap Agree.4. Select an application from one of the available categories (Picks, Categories, Games, Friends, and Info.5. Follow the on-screen download and installation instructions.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Applications 196S VoiceWith the S Voice application you can use your voice to perform operations that you would normally have to do by hand such as dialing a phone number, texting a message, playing music, etc.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ S Voice .2. Read the Samsung Disclaimer then tap Confirm to continue.3. Read the Vlingo Terms of Service then tap Agree to continue.4. Read the information on the About S Voice screen, then tap Next.5. Read the information on the Say what you want screen, then tap Next.6. Read the information on the Wake up S Voice screen, then tap Next.7. Read the information on the Handwriting screen, then tap Next.8. Read the information on the Edit what you said screen, then tap Next.9. Read the information on the Help screen, then tap Finish.10. At the S Voice screen, say “Hi Galaxy” to wake up S voice.11. Speak into the phone and follow the on-screen instructions.SettingsThis widget navigates to the sound and phone settings for your phone. It includes such settings as: display, security, memory, and any extra settings associated with your phone. For more information, refer to “Changing Your Settings” on page 113.TalkGoogle Talk is a free Windows and web-based application for instant messaging offered by Google. Conversation logs are automatically saved to a Chats area in your Gmail account. This allows you to search a chat log and store them in your Gmail accounts. For more information, refer to “Google Talk” on page 108.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
197Video PlayerThe Video Player application plays video files stored on your memory card. For more information, refer to “Video Player” on page 85.Voice RecorderThe Voice Recorder allows you to record an audio file up to one minute long and then immediately share it using AllShare Play, Messaging, Gmail, or via Bluetooth. Recording time will vary based on the available memory within the phone.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Voice Recorder .2. To start recording, tap Record and speak into the microphone.3. During the recording process you can either tap Stop to stop and save the recording or Pause to temporarily halt the recording. After pausing, tap Record to resume recording. Once the audio recording has stopped, the message is automatically saved. Tap Cancel to cancel the recording without saving.4. Tap List to display a list of all your voice recordings. Tap a voice recording to play it.5. Press to display the following options:•Share via: allows you to share your recording using Bluetooth, Email, Gmail, Messaging, or Wi-Fi Direct.•Delete: allows you to delete 1 or more voice recordings. Tap the recordings to delete and tap Delete.• Settings: the following settings are available:–Storage: allows you to choose where your recordings will be saved. Select between Phone or memory card.–Recording quality: allows you to set the recording quality to High or Normal.–Limit for MMS: allows you to select On or Off. If you Limit for MMS by selecting On, you will be assured that the recording can be sent in a message.–Contextual filename: (requires GPS tagging) allows you to adjust the filename based on contextual information such as your current GPS location.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Applications 198–Default name: allows you to choose the name prefix for your recordings. For example, if your Default name is Voice, your recordings would be named Voice 001, Voice 002, Voice 003, etc.•End: allows you to close the application.Voice SearchThe Google Voice Search application allows you to search the web using only your voice.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ Voice Search . 2. When the Google Voice Search screen displays, speak the word or words that you would like to search for on the internet.3. If the timer expires and the mic icon changes from red to gray, tap the mic icon and speak the word or words that you would like to search for on the internet. Results are displayed on your phone.4. The following options are available at the bottom of your screen:• Web: After selecting a different option, tap Web to return to the original search results.• Images: Displays images for your search.• Places: Displays places and businesses in your local area pertaining to your search.• More: After tapping More, sweep your screen to the left to see additional options such as News, Shopping, Videos, Blogs, Discussions, and Books.YouTubeYouTube™ is a video sharing website on which users can upload and share videos. The site is used to display a wide variety of user-generated video content, including movie clips, TV clips, and music videos, as well as video content such as video blogging, informational shorts and other original videos.Note: YouTube is a data-intensive feature. It is recommended that you upgrade to a large data plan to avoid additional data charges.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ YouTube . 2. Tap the search field to search for specific videos, scroll down to browse through the main page thumbnails, or scroll to the bottom to explore additional options.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
1993. To view a video, tap an available preview thumbnail or tap the title link.To watch a high quality video: Press and then tap Settings ➔ General ➔ High quality on mobile.To configure YouTube Settings: Press and then tap Settings and configure the following parameters:• General–High quality on mobile, when enabled, allows you to start all videos in high quality mode while you are connected to a mobile network.–Caption font size allows you to set the font size used by on-screen captions. Choose from: Small, Medium, Large, or Huge.–Uploads specifies network preferences for uploads.•Search–Clear search history allows you to clear previous YouTube searches from showing up in the YouTube search box.–SafeSearch filtering allows you to configure block settings for videos containing restricted content. This option blocks these videos from appearing within your search results. Choose from: Don’t filter, Moderate, or Strict blocking.•Preloading–Preload subscriptions allows you to preload (or go get videos while on Wi-Fi and charging) your subscription videos.–Preload watch later allows you to enable the preload function on selected videos so you can watch them later. Read the data usage information and tap OK to accept the terms.Note: Preloading YouTube videos will use some of your device’s storage space and may result in additional charges if your Wi-Fi plan is not unlimited.• About–Help: provides answers to most YouTube questions.–Feedback: allows you to provide user feedback to YouTube.–Google Mobile Terms of Service: displays the Google Mobile Terms of Service.–YouTube Terms of Service: displays the YouTube terms of Service.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Applications 200–Google Mobile Privacy Policy: displays the Google Mobile Privacy Policy.–YouTube Privacy Policy: displays the YouTube Privacy Policy.–Open source licenses: displays the Open source licenses–App version: displays the software version for the current YouTube application.Note: It is not necessary to sign in to the YouTube site to view content. However, if you wish to sign in to access additional options, access the page via the Web browser and tap Sign in at the top right corner, enter your YouTube or Google username and password, and tap Sign in.YPmobileThe Yellowpages Mobile application provides quick and ready access to businesses, map locations, and storage of your favorite searches. This application allows you to tap into local businesses, locations, and events, connecting you to your search in real-time.Note: The first time you use YP, you will need to download the updated application from the Play Store. When the Play Store page displays, tap Update or Install then follow the onscreen instructions. For more information, refer to “Play Store” on page 194.1. From the Home screen, tap ➔ YPmobile . 2. Sign on to your Google account if you have not already done so. For more information, refer to “Creating a New Google Account” on page 13.3. Read the End-User License Agreement (EULA) and tap Accept to continue.4. Your location is found using GPS. Tap OK to allow YPmobile to use your current location.5. Tap the Find a business nearby! field.6. Enter information in the What: and Near: fields and tap Search. 7. Results will be displayed.8. Tap to see the locations marked with pins on the map. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
2019. Pinch the map screen inwards to zoom out or pinch it outwards to zoom in.10. Tap a pin to read information about the location.11. Tap to display additional options.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Health and Safety Information 202Section 10: Health and Safety InformationThis device is capable of operating in Wi-Fi™ mode in the 2.4 and 5 GHz bands. The FCC requires that devices operating within 5.15-5.25 GHz may only be used indoors, not outside, in order to avoid interference with Mobile Satellite Services (MSS). Therefore, this device is restricted from being used outdoors when operating in frequencies between 5.15-5.25 GHz.This section outlines the safety precautions associated with using your phone. The terms “mobile device” or “cell phone” are used in this section to refer to your phone. Read this information before using your mobile device.Exposure to Radio Frequency (RF) SignalsThe U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has published information for consumers relating to Radio Frequency (RF) exposure from wireless phones. The FDA publication includes the following information:Do cell phones pose a health hazard?Many people are concerned that cell phone radiation will cause cancer or other serious health hazards. The weight of scientific evidence has not linked cell phones with any health problems.Cell phones emit low levels of Radio Frequency (RF) energy. Over the past 15 years, scientists have conducted hundreds of studies looking at the biological effects of the radio frequency energy emitted by cell phones. While some researchers have reported biological changes associated with RF energy, these studies have failed to be replicated. The majority of studies published have failed to show an association between exposure to radio frequency from a cell phone and health problems.The low levels of RF cell phones emit while in use are in the microwave frequency range. They also emit RF at substantially reduced time intervals when in the stand-by mode. Whereas high levels of RF can produce health effects (by heating tissue), exposure to low level RF that does not produce heating effects causes no known adverse health effects.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
203The biological effects of radio frequency energy should not be confused with the effects from other types of electromagnetic energy.Very high levels of electromagnetic energy, such as is found in X-rays and gamma rays, can ionize biological tissues. Ionization is a process where electrons are stripped away from their normal locations in atoms and molecules. It can permanently damage biological tissues including DNA, the genetic material.The energy levels associated with radio frequency energy, including both radio waves and microwaves, are not great enough to cause ionization of atoms and molecules. Therefore, RF energy is a type of non-ionizing radiation. Other types of non-ionizing radiation include visible light, infrared radiation (heat), and other forms of electromagnetic radiation with relatively low frequencies.While RF energy does not ionize particles, large amounts can increase body temperatures and cause tissue damage. Two areas of the body, the eyes and the testes, are particularly vulnerable to RF heating because there is relatively little blood flow in them to carry away excess heat.Research Results to Date: Is there a connection between RF and certain health problems?The results of most studies conducted to date say no. In addition, attempts to replicate and confirm the few studies that have shown a connection have failed.The scientific community at large therefore believes that the weight of scientific evidence does not show an association between exposure to Radio Frequency (RF) from cell phones and adverse health outcomes. Still the scientific community has supported additional research to address gaps in knowledge. Some of these studies are described below.Interphone StudyInterphone is a large international study designed to determine whether cell phones increase the risk of head and neck cancer. A report published in the International Journal of Epidemiology (June, 2010) compared cell phone usage for more than 5,000 people with brain tumors (glioma and meningioma) and a similar number of healthy controls.Results of this study did NOT show that cell phones caused brain cancer. In this study, most people had no increased risk of brain cancer from using cell phones. For people with the heaviest use of cell phones (an average of more than ½ hour per day, every day, for over 10 years) the study suggested a By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Health and Safety Information 204slight increase in brain cancer. However, the authors determined that biases and errors prevented any conclusions being drawn from this data. Additional information about Interphone can be found at http://www.iarc.fr/en/media-centre/pr/2010/pdfs/pr200_E.pdf.Interphone is the largest cell phone study to date, but it did not answer all questions about cell phone safety. Additional research is being conducted around the world, and the FDA continues to monitor developments in this field.International Cohort Study on Mobile Phone Users (COSMOS)The COSMOS study aims to conduct long-term health monitoring of a large group of people to determine if there are any health issues linked to long-term exposure to radio frequency energy from cell phone use. The COSMOS study will follow approximately 300,000 adult cell phone users in Europe for 20 to 30 years. Additional information about the COSMOS study can be found at http://www.ukcosmos.org/index.html.Risk of Brain Cancer from Exposure to Radio Frequency Fields in Childhood and Adolescence (MOBI-KIDS)MOBI-KIDS is an international study investigating the relationship between exposure to radio frequency energy from communication technologies including cell phones and brain cancer in young people. This is an international multi-center study involving 14 European and non-European countries. Additional information about MOBI-KIDS can be found athttp://www.creal.cat/programes-recerca/en_projectes-creal/view.php?ID=39.Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results (SEER) Program of the National Cancer InstituteThe National Cancer Institute (NCI) actively follows cancer statistics in the United States to detect any change in rates of new cases for brain cancer. If cell phones play a role in risk for brain cancer, rates should go up, because heavy cell phone use has been common for quite some time in the U.S. Between 1987 and 2005, the overall age-adjusted incidence of brain cancer did not increase. Additional information about SEER can be found at http://seer.cancer.gov/.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
205Cell Phone Industry ActionsAlthough the existing scientific data do not justify FDA regulatory actions, the FDA has urged the cell phone industry to take a number of steps, including the following:•Support-needed research on possible biological effects of RF for the type of signal emitted by cell phones;•Design cell phones in a way that minimizes any RF exposure to the user; and•Cooperate in providing users of cell phones with the current information on cell phone use and human health concerns.The FDA also is working with voluntary standard-setting bodies such as the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP), and others to assure that safety standards continue to adequately protect the public.Reducing Exposure: Hands-Free Kits and Other AccessoriesSteps to Reduce Exposure to Radio Frequency EnergyIf there is a risk from being exposed to radio frequency energy (RF) from cell phones - and at this point we do not know that there is - it is probably very small. But, if you are concerned about avoiding even potential risks, you can take a few simple steps to minimize your RF exposure.• Reduce the amount of time spent using your cell phone;• Use speaker mode or a headset to place more distance between your head and the cell phone.Hands-Free KitsHands-free kits may include audio or Bluetooth® headsets and various types of body-worn accessories such as belt-clips and holsters. Combinations of these can be used to reduce RF energy absorption from cell phones.Headsets can substantially reduce exposure because the phone is held away from the head in the user's hand or in approved body-worn accessories. Cell phones marketed in the U.S. are required to meet RF exposure compliance requirements when used against the head and against the body.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Health and Safety Information 206Because there are no known risks from exposure to RF emissions from cell phones, there is no reason to believe that hands-free kits reduce risks. Hands-free kits can be used for convenience and comfort. They are also required by law in many states if you want to use your phone while driving.Cell Phone Accessories that Claim to Shield the Head from RF RadiationBecause there are no known risks from exposure to RF emissions from cell phones, there is no reason to believe that accessories which claim to shield the head from those emissions reduce risks. Some products that claim to shield the user from RF absorption use special phone cases, while others involve nothing more than a metallic accessory attached to the phone. Studies have shown that these products generally do not work as advertised. Unlike “hands-free” kits, these so-called “shields” may interfere with proper operation of the phone. The phone may be forced to boost its power to compensate, leading to an increase in RF absorption.Children and Cell PhonesThe scientific evidence does not show a danger to any users of cell phones from RF exposure, including children and teenagers. The steps adults can take to reduce RF exposure apply to children and teenagers as well.• Reduce the amount of time spent on the cell phone;• Use speaker mode or a headset to place more distance between the head and the cell phone.Some groups sponsored by other national governments have advised that children be discouraged from using cell phones at all. For example, The Stewart Report from the United Kingdom made such a recommendation in December 2000. In this report, a group of independent experts noted that no evidence exists that using a cell phone causes brain tumors or other ill effects. Their recommendation to limit cell phone use by children was strictly precautionary; it was not based on scientific evidence that any health hazard exists.Additional information on the safety of RF exposures from various sources can be obtained from the following organizations (updated 10/1/2010):• FCC RF Safety Program: http://www.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety/.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
207• Environmental Protection Agency (EPA):http://www.epa.gov/radtown/wireless-tech.html.• Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA): http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/radiofrequencyradiation/.(Note: This web address is case sensitive.)• National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH): http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/.• World Health Organization (WHO): http://www.who.int/peh-emf/en/.• International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection: http://www.icnirp.de.• Health Protection Agency: http://www.hpa.org.uk/Topics/Radiation/.• US Food and Drug Administration: http://www.fda.gov/Radiation-EmittingProducts/RadiationEmittingProductsandProcedures/HomeBusinessandEntertainment/CellPhones/default.htm.Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) Certification InformationYour wireless phone is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the exposure limits for Radio Frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) of the U.S. Government.These FCC RF exposure limits are derived from the recommendations of two expert organizations: the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurement (NCRP) and the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). In both cases, the recommendations were developed by scientific and engineering experts drawn from industry, government, and academia after extensive reviews of the scientific literature related to the biological effects of RF energy.The RF exposure limit set by the FCC for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR). The SAR is a measure of the rate of absorption of RF energy by the human body expressed in units of watts per kilogram (W/kg). The FCC requires wireless phones to comply with a safety limit of 1.6 watts per kilogram (1.6 W/kg).By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Health and Safety Information 208The FCC SAR limit incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional protection to the public and to account for any variations in measurements.SAR tests are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum reported value. This is because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a wireless base station antenna, the lower the power output of the phone.Before a new model phone is available for sale to the public, it must be tested and certified to the FCC that it does not exceed the SAR limit established by the FCC. Tests for each model phone are performed in positions and locations (e.g. at the ear and worn on the body) as required by the FCC. For body-worn operation, this phone has been tested and meets FCC RF exposure guidelines when used with an accessory that contains no metal and that positions the mobile device a minimum of 1.0 cm from the body.Use of other accessories may not ensure compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines. The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this mobile device with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. This mobile phone has an FCC ID number: A3LSMN900A [Model Number: SM-N900A] and the specific SAR levels for this mobile phone can be found at the following FCC website: http://www.fcc.gov/oet/ea/.The SAR information for this device can also be found on Samsung’s website: http://www.samsung.com/sar. SAR information on this and other model phones can be accessed online on the FCC's website through http://transition.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety/sar.html. To find information that pertains to a particular model phone, this site uses the phone FCC ID number which is usually printed somewhere on the case of the phone. Sometimes it may be necessary to remove the battery pack to find the number. Once you have the FCC ID number for a particular phone, follow the instructions on the website and it should provide values for typical or maximum SAR for a particular phone. Additional SAR information can also be obtained at http://www.fcc.gov/encyclopedia/specific-absorption-rate-sar-cellular-telephones.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
209FCC Part 15 Information to UserPursuant to part 15.21 of the FCC Rules, you are cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by Samsung could void your authority to operate the device.This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.Commercial Mobile Alerting System (CMAS)This device is designed to receive wireless emergency alerts from the Commercial Mobile Alerting System ("CMAS"; which may also be known as the Personal Localized Alerting Network ("PLAN")). If your wireless provider has chosen to participate in CMAS/PLAN, alerts are available while in the provider's coverage area. If you travel outside your provider's coverage area, wireless emergency alerts may not be available. For more information, please contact your wireless provider.Smart Practices While DrivingOn the Road - Off the PhoneThe primary responsibility of every driver is the safe operation of his or her vehicle.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Health and Safety Information 210Responsible drivers understand that no secondary task should be performed while driving whether it be eating, drinking, talking to passengers, or talking on a mobile phone - unless the driver has assessed the driving conditions and is confident that the secondary task will not interfere with their primary responsibility. Do not engage in any activity while driving a moving vehicle which may cause you to take your eyes off the road or become so absorbed in the activity that your ability to concentrate on the act of driving becomes impaired. Samsung is committed to promoting responsible driving and giving drivers the tools they need to understand and address distractions.Check the laws and regulations on the use of mobile devices and their accessories in the areas where you drive. Always obey them. The use of these devices may be prohibited or restricted in certain areas. For example, only hands-free use may be permitted in certain areas.Before answering calls, consider your circumstances. Let the call go to voicemail when driving conditions require. Remember, driving comes first, not the call!If you consider a call necessary and appropriate, follow these tips:• Use a hands-free device;• Secure your phone within easy reach;• Place calls when you are not moving;• Plan calls when your car will be stationary;• Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations;• Let the person with whom you are speaking know that you are driving and will suspend the call if necessary;• Do not take notes or look up phone numbers while driving;Notice regarding legal restrictions on mounting this device in an automobile:Laws in some states may prohibit mounting this device on or near the windshield of an automobile. In other states, the law may permit mounting this device only in specific locations in the automobile. Be sure to consult the state and local laws or ordinances where you drive before mounting this device in an automobile. Failure to comply with these restrictions could result in fines, penalties, or other damages.Never mount this device in a manner that will obstruct the driver's clear view of the street and traffic.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
211Never use wireless data services such as text messaging, Web browsing, or e-mail while operating a vehicle.Never watch videos, such as a movie or clip, or play video games while operating a vehicle.For more information, go to http://www.ctia.org.Battery Use and SafetyImportant! Handle and store batteries properly to avoid injury or damage. Most battery issues arise from improper handling of batteries and, particularly, from the continued use of damaged batteries.• Do not disassemble, crush, puncture, shred, or otherwise attempt to change the form of your battery. Do not put a high degree of pressure on the battery. This can cause leakage or an internal short-circuit, resulting in overheating.• Do not let the phone or battery come in contact with liquids. Liquids can get into the phone's circuits, leading to corrosion. Even when the phone appears to be dry and appears to operate normally, the circuitry could slowly corrode and pose a safety hazard. If the phone and/or battery get wet, have them checked by your service provider or contact Samsung, even if they appear to be working properly.• Do not place your battery in or near a heat source. Excessive heating can damage the phone or the battery and could cause the phone or the battery to explode. Do not dry a wet or damp battery with an appliance or heat source such as a microwave oven, hair dryer, iron, or radiator. Avoid leaving your phone in your car in high temperatures.• Do not dispose of the phone or the battery in a fire. The phone or the battery may explode when overheated.• Do not handle a damaged or leaking battery. Do not let leaking battery fluid come in contact with your eyes, skin or clothing. For safe disposal options, contact your nearest Samsung-authorized service center.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Health and Safety Information 212• Avoid dropping the cell phone. Dropping the phone or the battery, especially on a hard surface, can potentially cause damage to the phone and battery. If you suspect damage to the phone or battery, take it to a service center for inspection.• Never use any charger or battery that is damaged in any way.• Do not allow the battery to touch metal objects. Accidental short-circuiting can occur when a metallic object (coin, key, jewelry, clip, or pen) causes a direct connection between the + and - terminals of the battery (metal strips on the battery), for example when you carry a spare battery in a pocket or bag. Short-circuiting the terminals may damage the battery or the object causing the short-circuiting.Important! Use only Samsung-approved batteries, and recharge your battery only with Samsung-approved chargers which are specifically designed for your phone.WARNING!Use of a non-Samsung-approved battery or charger may present a risk of fire, explosion, leakage, or other hazard. Samsung's warranty does not cover damage to the phone caused by non-Samsung-approved batteries and/or chargers.• Do not use incompatible cell phone batteries and chargers. Some websites and second-hand dealers not associated with reputable manufacturers and carriers, might be selling incompatible or even counterfeit batteries and chargers. Consumers should purchase manufacturer or carrier-recommended products and accessories. If unsure about whether a replacement battery or charger is compatible, contact the manufacturer of the battery or charger.• Misuse or use of incompatible phones, batteries, and charging devices could result in damage to the equipment and a possible risk of fire, explosion, or leakage, leading to serious injuries, damages to your phone, or other serious hazard.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
213Samsung Mobile Products and RecyclingSamsung cares for the environment and encourages its customers to recycle Samsung mobile devices and genuine Samsung accessories.Proper disposal of your mobile device and its battery is not only important for safety, it benefits the environment. Batteries must be recycled or disposed of properly.Recycling programs for your mobile device, batteries, and accessories may not be available in your area.We've made it easy for you to recycle your old Samsung mobile device by working with respected take-back companies in every state in the country.Drop It OffYou can drop off your Samsung-branded mobile device and batteries for recycling at one of our numerous Samsung Recycling Direct (SM) locations. A list of these locations may be found at: http://pages.samsung.com/us/recyclingdirect/usactivities_environment_samsungrecyclingdirect_locations.jsp.Samsung-branded devices and batteries will be accepted at these locations for no fee.Consumers may also recycle their used mobile device or batteries at many retail or carrier-provided locations where mobile devices and batteries are sold. Additional information regarding specific locations may be found at: http://www.epa.gov/epawaste/partnerships/plugin/cellphone/index.htm or at http://www.call2recycle.org/.Mail It InThe Samsung Mobile Take-Back Program will provide Samsung customers with a free recycling mailing label. Just go tohttp://fun.samsungmobileusa.com/recycling/index.jsp.Dispose of unwanted electronics through an approved recycler.To find the nearest recycling location, go to our website:www.samsung.com/recyclingdirect Or call, (877) 278-0799.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Health and Safety Information 214Follow local regulations regarding disposal of mobile devices and batteriesDispose of your mobile device and batteries in accordance with local regulations. In some areas, the disposal of these items in household or business trash may be prohibited. Help us protect the environment - recycle!Warning! Never dispose of batteries in a fire because they may explode.UL Certified Travel ChargerThe Travel Charger for this phone has met applicable UL safety requirements. Please adhere to the following safety instructions per UL guidelines:FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS OUTLINED MAY LEAD TO SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY AND POSSIBLE PROPERTY DAMAGE.IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS.DANGER - TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, CAREFULLY FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS.FOR CONNECTION TO A SUPPLY NOT IN NORTH AMERICA, USE AN ATTACHMENT PLUG ADAPTOR OF THE PROPER CONFIGURATION FOR THE POWER OUTLET.THIS POWER UNIT IS INTENDED TO BE CORRECTLY ORIENTED IN A VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL OR FLOOR MOUNT POSITION.Display / Touch-ScreenPlease note the following information when using your mobile device:WARNING REGARDING DISPLAYThe display on your mobile device is made of glass or acrylic and could break if your mobile device is dropped or if it receives significant impact. Do not use if screen is broken or cracked as this could cause injury to you.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
215WARRANTY DISCLAIMER: PROPER USE OF A TOUCH-SCREEN MOBILE DEVICEIf your mobile device has a touch-screen display, please note that a touch-screen responds best to a light touch from the pad of your finger or a non-metallic stylus. Using excessive force or a metallic object when pressing on the touch-screen may damage the tempered glass surface and void the warranty. For more information, please refer to the “Standard Limited Warranty”.GPSCertain Samsung mobile devices can use a Global Positioning System (GPS) signal for location-based applications. A GPS uses satellites controlled by the U.S. Government that are subject to changes implemented in accordance with the Department of Defense policy and the 2008 Federal Radio navigation Plan (FRP). Changes may affect the performance of location-based technology on your mobile device.Even with GPS, when you make an emergency call:• Always tell the emergency responder your location to the best of your ability; and• Remain on the mobile device for as long as the emergency responder instructs you.NavigationMaps, directions, and other navigation-data, including data relating to your current location, may contain inaccurate or incomplete data, and circumstances can and do change over time. In some areas, complete information may not be available. Therefore, you should always visually confirm that the navigational instructions are consistent with what you see before following them. All users should pay attention to road conditions, closures, traffic, and all other factors that may impact safe driving or walking. Always obey posted road signs.Emergency CallsThis mobile device, like any wireless mobile device, operates using radio signals, wireless and landline networks, as well as user-programmed functions, which cannot guarantee connection in all conditions, areas, or circumstances. Therefore, you should never rely solely on any wireless mobile device for essential communications (medical emergencies, for example). Before traveling in remote or underdeveloped areas, plan an alternate method of contacting emergency services personnel. Remember, to By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Health and Safety Information 216make or receive any calls, the mobile device must be switched on and in a service area with adequate signal strength.Emergency calls may not be possible on all wireless mobile device networks or when certain network services and/or mobile device features are in use. Check with local service providers.To make an emergency call:1. If the phone is not on, switch it on.2. From the Home screen, tap . The dialer is displayed.3. Key in the emergency number for your present location (for example, 911 or other official emergency number). Emergency numbers vary by location.4. Tap the key.If certain features are in use (call blocking, for example), you may first need to deactivate those features before you can make an emergency call. Consult your User Manual and your local cellular service provider. When making an emergency call, remember to give all the necessary information as accurately as possible. Remember that your mobile device may be the only means of communication at the scene of an accident; do not cut off the call until given permission to do so.Care and MaintenanceYour mobile device is a product of superior design and craftsmanship and should be treated with care. The suggestions below will help you fulfill any warranty obligations and allow you to enjoy this product for many years:Keep your Samsung Mobile Device away from:Liquids of any kindKeep the mobile device dry. Precipitation, humidity, and liquids contain minerals that will corrode electronic circuits. If the mobile device does get wet, do not accelerate drying with the use of an oven, microwave, or dryer, because this may damage the mobile device and could cause a fire or explosion. Do not use the mobile device with a wet hand. Doing so may cause an electric shock to you or damage to the mobile device.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
217Extreme heat or coldAvoid temperatures below 0°C / 32°F or above 45°C / 113°F.MicrowavesDo not try to dry your mobile device in a microwave oven. Doing so may cause a fire or explosion.Dust and dirtDo not expose your mobile device to dust, dirt, or sand.Cleaning solutionsDo not use harsh chemicals, cleaning solvents, or strong detergents to clean the mobile device. Wipe it with a soft cloth slightly dampened in a mild soap-and-water solution.Shock or vibrationDo not drop, knock, or shake the mobile device. Rough handling can break internal circuit boards.PaintDo not paint the mobile device. Paint can clog the device’s moving parts or ventilation openings and prevent proper operation.Responsible ListeningCaution! Avoid potential hearing loss.Damage to hearing occurs when a person is exposed to loud sounds over time. The risk of hearing loss increases as sound is played louder and for longer durations. Prolonged exposure to loud sounds (including music) is the most common cause of preventable hearing loss. Some scientific research suggests that using portable audio devices, such as portable music players and cell phones, at high volume settings for long durations may lead to permanent noise-induced hearing loss. This includes the use of headphones (including headsets, earbuds, and Bluetooth® or other wireless devices). Exposure to very loud sound has also been associated in some studies with tinnitus (a ringing in the ear), hypersensitivity to sound, and distorted hearing. Individual susceptibility to noise-induced hearing loss and potential hearing problem varies. Additionally, the amount of sound produced by a portable audio device varies depending on the nature of the sound, the device settings, and the headphones By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Health and Safety Information 218that are used. As a result, there is no single volume setting that is appropriate for everyone or for every combination of sound, settings, and equipment.You should follow some common sense recommendations when using any portable audio device:• Always turn the volume down before plugging the earphones into an audio source.• Set the volume in a quiet environment and select the lowest volume at which you can hear adequately.• Be aware that you can adapt to higher volume settings over time, not realizing that the higher volume may be harmful to your hearing.• When using headphones, turn the volume down if you cannot hear the people speaking near you or if the person sitting next to you can hear what you are listening to.• Do not turn the volume up to block out noisy surroundings. If you choose to listen to your portable device in a noisy environment, use noise-cancelling headphones to block out background environmental noise. By blocking background environment noise, noise cancelling headphones should allow you to hear the music at lower volumes than when using earbuds.• Limit the amount of time you listen. As the volume increases, less time is required before you hearing could be affected.• Avoid using headphones after exposure to extremely loud noises, such as rock concerts, that might cause temporary hearing loss. Temporary hearing loss might cause unsafe volumes to sound normal.• Do not listen at any volume that causes you discomfort. If you experience ringing in your ears, hear muffled speech, or experience any temporary hearing difficulty after listening to your portable audio device, discontinue use and consult your doctor.You can obtain additional information on this subject from the following sources:American Academy of Audiology11730 Plaza American Drive, Suite 300Reston, VA 20190Voice: (800) 222-2336Email: info@audiology.orgInternet: http://www.audiology.org/Pages/default.aspxBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
219Operating EnvironmentRemember to follow any special regulations in force in any area, and always switch your mobile device off whenever it is forbidden to use it, or when it may cause interference or danger. When connecting the mobile device or any accessory to another device, read its user's guide for detailed safety instructions. Do not connect incompatible products.Using Your Mobile Device Near Other Electronic DevicesMost modern electronic equipment is shielded from Radio Frequency (RF) signals. However, certain electronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals from your wireless mobile device. Consult the manufacturer to discuss alternatives.National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication DisordersNational Institutes of Health31 Center Drive, MSC 2320Bethesda, MD 20892-2320Email: nidcdinfo@nih.govInternet: http://www.nidcd.nih.gov/National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH)395 E Street, S.W., Suite 9200Patriots Plaza BuildingWashington, DC 20201Voice: 1-800-35-NIOSH (1-800-356-4674)1-800-CDC-INFO (1-800-232-4636)Outside the U.S. 513-533-8328Email: cdcinfo@cdc.govInternet:http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/noise/default.html1-888-232-6348 TTYBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Health and Safety Information 220Implantable Medical DevicesA minimum separation of six (6) inches should be maintained between a handheld wireless mobile device and an implantable medical device, such as a pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator, to avoid potential interference with the device.Persons who have such devices:• Should ALWAYS keep the mobile device more than six (6) inches from their implantable medical device when the mobile device is turned ON;• Should not carry the mobile device in a breast pocket;• Should use the ear opposite the implantable medical device to minimize the potential for interference;• Should turn the mobile device OFF immediately if there is any reason to suspect that interference is taking place;• Should read and follow the directions from the manufacturer of your implantable medical device. If you have any questions about using your wireless mobile device with an implantable medical device, consult your health care provider.For more information see: http://www.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety/rf-faqs.html#.Other Medical DevicesIf you use any other personal medical devices, consult the manufacturer of your device to determine if it is adequately shielded from external RF energy. Your physician may be able to assist you in obtaining this information. Switch your mobile device off in health care facilities when any regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF energy.VehiclesRF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicles. Check with the manufacturer or its representative regarding your vehicle before using your mobile device in a motor vehicle. You should also consult the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to your vehicle.Posted FacilitiesSwitch your mobile device off in any facility where posted notices require you to do so.Potentially Explosive EnvironmentsSwitch your mobile device off when in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere and obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
221or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death. Users are advised to switch the mobile device off while at a refueling point (service station). Users are reminded of the need to observe restrictions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots (fuel storage and distribution areas), chemical plants, or where blasting operations are in progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often, but not always, clearly marked. They include below deck on boats, chemical transfer or storage facilities, vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane), areas where the air contains chemicals or particles, such as grain, dust, or metal powders, and any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine.When your Device is WetDo not turn on your device if it is wet. If your device is already on, turn it off and remove the battery immediately (if the device will not turn off or you cannot remove the battery, leave it as-is). Then, dry the device with a towel and take it to a service center.FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility (HAC) Regulations for Wireless DevicesThe U.S. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) has established requirements for digital wireless mobile devices to be compatible with hearing aids and other assistive hearing devices.When individuals employing some assistive hearing devices (hearing aids and cochlear implants) use wireless mobile devices, they may detect a buzzing, humming, or whining noise. Some hearing devices are more immune than others to this interference noise, and mobile devices also vary in the amount of interference they generate.The wireless telephone industry has developed a rating system for wireless mobile devices to assist hearing device users find mobile devices that may be compatible with their hearing devices. Not all mobile devices have been rated. Mobile devices that are rated have the rating on their box or a label located on the box.The ratings are not guarantees. Results will vary depending on the user's hearing device and hearing loss. If your hearing device happens to be vulnerable to interference, you may not By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Health and Safety Information 222be able to use a rated mobile device successfully. Trying out the mobile device with your hearing device is the best way to evaluate it for your personal needs.M-Ratings: Wireless mobile devices rated M3 or M4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to generate less interference to hearing devices than mobile devices that are not labeled. M4 is the better/higher of the two ratings. M-ratings refer to enabling acoustic coupling with hearing aids that do not operate in telecoil mode.T-Ratings: Mobile devices rated T3 or T4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to generate less interference to hearing devices than mobile devices that are not labeled. T4 is the better/higher of the two ratings. T-ratings refer to enabling inductive coupling with hearing aids operating in telecoil mode.Hearing devices may also be rated. Your hearing aid manufacturer or hearing health professional may help you find this rating. Higher ratings mean that the hearing device is relatively immune to interference noise. Under the current industry standard, American National Standards Institute (ANSI) C63.19, the hearing aid and wireless mobile device rating values are added together to indicate how usable they are together. For example, if a hearing aid meets the M2 level rating and the wireless mobile device meets the M3 level rating, the sum of the two values equals M5. Under the standard, this should provide the hearing aid user with normal use while using the hearing aid with the particular wireless mobile device. A sum of 6 or more would indicate excellent performance. However, these are not guarantees that all users will be satisfied. T ratings work similarly. M3 + M2 = 5T3 + T2 = 5By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
223The HAC rating and measurement procedure are described in the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) C63.19 standard.HAC for Newer TechnologiesThis phone has been tested and rated for use with hearing aids for some of the wireless technologies that it uses. However, there may be some newer wireless technologies used in this phone that have not been tested yet for use with hearing aids. It is important to try the different features of this phone thoroughly and in different locations, using your hearing aid or cochlear implant, to determine if you hear any interfering noise. Consult your service provider or the manufacturer of this phone for information on hearing aid compatibility. If you have questions about return or exchange policies, consult your service provider or phone retailer.Restricting Children's Access to Your Mobile DeviceYour mobile device is not a toy. Do not allow children to play with it because they could hurt themselves and others, damage the mobile device, or make calls that increase your mobile device bill.Keep the mobile device and all its parts and accessories out of the reach of small children.FCC Notice and CautionsFCC NoticeThe mobile device may cause TV or radio interference if used in close proximity to receiving equipment. The FCC can require you to stop using the mobile device if such interference cannot be eliminated. Vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane) must comply with the National Fire Protection Standard (NFPA-58). For a copy of this standard, contact the National Fire Protection Association.CautionsAny changes or modifications to your mobile device not expressly approved in this document could void your warranty for this equipment and void your authority to operate this equipment. Only use approved batteries, antennas, and chargers. The use of any unauthorized accessories may be dangerous and void the mobile device warranty if said accessories cause damage or a defect to the mobile device. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Health and Safety Information 224Although your mobile device is quite sturdy, it is a complex piece of equipment and can be broken. Avoid dropping, hitting, bending, or sitting on it.Other Important Safety Information• Only qualified personnel should service the mobile device or install the mobile device in a vehicle. Faulty installation or service may be dangerous and may invalidate any warranty applicable to the device.• Ensure that any mobile devices or related equipment installed in your vehicle are securely mounted.• Check regularly that all wireless mobile device equipment in your vehicle is mounted and operating properly.• When using a headset in dry environments, static electricity can build up in the headset and cause a small quick static electrical shock. To minimize the risk of electrostatic discharge from the headset avoid using the headset in extremely dry environments or touch a grounded unpainted metal object to discharge static electricity before inserting the headset.• Do not store or carry flammable liquids, gases, or explosive materials in the same compartment as the mobile device, its parts, or accessories.• For vehicles equipped with an air bag, remember that an air bag inflates with great force. Do not place objects, including installed or portable wireless equipment near or in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. If wireless equipment is improperly installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury could result.• Switch your mobile device off before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless mobile devices in aircraft is illegal and may be dangerous to the aircraft's operation. Check with appropriate authorities before using any function of a mobile device while on an aircraft.• Failure to observe these instructions may lead to the suspension or denial of cell phone services to the offender, or legal action, or both.• While using your device, leave some lights on in the room and do not hold the screen too close to your eyes.• Seizures or blackouts can occur when you are exposed to flashing lights while watching videos or playing games for extended periods. If you feel any discomfort, stop using the device immediately.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
225• Reduce risk of repetitive motion injuries. When you repetitively perform actions, such as pressing keys, drawing characters on a touch screen with your fingers, or playing games, you may experience occasional discomfort in your hands, neck, shoulders, or other parts of your body. When using your device for extended periods, hold the device with a relaxed grip, press the keys lightly, and take frequent breaks. If you continue to have discomfort during or after such use, stop use and see a physician.• If your device has a camera flash or light, do not use the flash or light close to the eyes of people or pets. [122011]By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Warranty Information 226Section 11: Warranty InformationStandard Limited WarrantyWhat is covered and for how long?SAMSUNG TELECOMMUNICATIONS AMERICA, LLC (“SAMSUNG”) warrants that SAMSUNG’s handsets and accessories (“Products”) are free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for the period commencing upon the date of purchase by the first consumer purchaser and continuing for the following specified period of time after that date:What is not covered?This Limited Warranty is conditioned upon proper use of the Product. This Limited Warranty does not cover: (a) defects or damage resulting from accident, misuse, abnormal use, abnormal conditions, improper storage, exposure to liquid, moisture, dampness, sand or dirt, neglect, or unusual physical, electrical or electromechanical stress; (b) scratches, dents and cosmetic damage, unless caused by SAMSUNG; (c) defects or damage resulting from excessive force or use of a metallic object when pressing on a touch screen; (d) equipment that has the serial number or the enhancement data code removed, defaced, damaged, altered or made illegible; (e) ordinary wear and tear; (f) defects or damage resulting from the use of Product in conjunction or connection with accessories, products, or ancillary/peripheral equipment not furnished or approved by SAMSUNG; (g) defects or damage resulting from improper testing, operation, maintenance, installation, service, or adjustment not furnished or approved by SAMSUNG; (h) defects or damage resulting from external causes such as collision with an object, fire, flooding, dirt, windstorm, lightning, earthquake, exposure to weather conditions, theft, blown fuse, or improper use of any electrical source; (i) defects or damage resulting from cellular signal reception Phone 1 YearBatteries 1 YearCase/Pouch/Holster 90 DaysOther Phone Accessories 1 YearBy accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
227or transmission, or viruses or other software problems introduced into the Product; or (j) Product used or purchased outside the United States. This Limited Warranty covers batteries only if battery capacity falls below 80% of rated capacity or the battery leaks, and this Limited Warranty does not cover any battery if (i) the battery has been charged by a battery charger not specified or approved by SAMSUNG for charging the battery; (ii) any of the seals on the battery are broken or show evidence of tampering; or (iii) the battery has been used in equipment other than the SAMSUNG phone for which it is specified.What are SAMSUNG’s obligations?During the applicable warranty period, provided the Product is returned in accordance with the terms of this Limited Warranty, SAMSUNG will repair or replace the Product, at SAMSUNG’s sole option, without charge. SAMSUNG may, at SAMSUNG’s sole option, use rebuilt, reconditioned, or new parts or components when repairing any Product, or may replace the Product with a rebuilt, reconditioned or new Product. Repaired/replaced cases, pouches and holsters will be warranted for a period of ninety (90) days. All other repaired/replaced Products will be warranted for a period equal to the remainder of the original Limited Warranty on the original Product or for ninety (90) days, whichever is longer. All replaced Products, parts, components, boards and equipment shall become the property of SAMSUNG. Except to any extent expressly allowed by applicable law, transfer or assignment of this Limited Warranty is prohibited.What must you do to obtain warranty service?To obtain service under this Limited Warranty, you must return the Product to an authorized phone service facility in an adequate container for shipping, accompanied by the sales receipt or comparable proof of sale showing the original date of purchase, the serial number of the Product and the seller’s name and address. To obtain assistance on where to deliver the Product, please call SAMSUNG Customer Care at 1-888-987-4357. If SAMSUNG determines that any Product is not covered by this Limited Warranty, you must pay all parts, shipping, and labor charges for the repair or return of such Product.You should keep a separate backup copy of any contents of the Product before delivering the Product to SAMSUNG for warranty service, as some or all of the contents may be deleted or reformatted during the course of warranty service.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Warranty Information 228What are the limits on SAMSUNG’s liability?THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SETS OUT THE FULL EXTENT OF SAMSUNG’S RESPONSIBILITIES, AND THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY REGARDING THE PRODUCTS. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. IN NO EVENT SHALL SAMSUNG BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT OR FOR, WITHOUT LIMITATION, COMMERCIAL LOSS OF ANY SORT; LOSS OF USE, TIME, DATA, REPUTATION, OPPORTUNITY, GOODWILL, PROFITS OR SAVINGS; INCONVENIENCE; INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES; OR DAMAGES ARISING FROM THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT. SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS, OR THE DISCLAIMER OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS AND DISCLAIMERS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.SAMSUNG MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, AS TO THE QUALITY, CAPABILITIES, OPERATIONS, PERFORMANCE OR SUITABILITY OF ANY THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PRODUCT, OR THE ABILITY TO INTEGRATE ANY SUCH SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT WITH THE PRODUCT, WHETHER SUCH THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT IS INCLUDED WITH THE PRODUCT DISTRIBUTED BY SAMSUNG OR OTHERWISE. RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE QUALITY, CAPABILITIES, OPERATIONS, PERFORMANCE AND SUITABILITY OF ANY SUCH THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT RESTS SOLELY WITH THE USER AND THE DIRECT VENDOR, OWNER OR SUPPLIER OF SUCH THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT.Nothing in the Product instructions or information shall be construed to create an express warranty of any kind with respect to the Products. No agent, employee, dealer, representative or reseller is authorized to modify or extend this Limited Warranty or to make binding representations or claims, whether in advertising, presentations or otherwise, on behalf of SAMSUNG regarding the Products or this Limited Warranty.This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from state to state.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
229What is the procedure for resolving disputes?ALL DISPUTES WITH SAMSUNG ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS LIMITED WARRANTY OR THE SALE, CONDITION OR PERFORMANCE OF THE PRODUCTS SHALL BE RESOLVED EXCLUSIVELY THROUGH FINAL AND BINDING ARBITRATION, AND NOT BY A COURT OR JURY. Any such dispute shall not be combined or consolidated with a dispute involving any other person’s or entity’s Product or claim, and specifically, without limitation of the foregoing, shall not under any circumstances proceed as part of a class action. The arbitration shall be conducted before a single arbitrator, whose award may not exceed, in form or amount, the relief allowed by the applicable law. The arbitration shall be conducted according to the American Arbitration Association (AAA) Commercial Arbitration Rules applicable to consumer disputes. This arbitration provision is entered pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act. The laws of the State of Texas, without reference to its choice of laws principles, shall govern the interpretation of the Limited Warranty and all disputes that are subject to this arbitration provision. The arbitrator shall decide all issues of interpretation and application of this arbitration provision and the Limited Warranty.For any arbitration in which your total damage claims, exclusive of attorney fees and expert witness fees, are $5,000.00 or less (“Small Claim”), the arbitrator may, if you prevail, award your reasonable attorney fees, expert witness fees and costs as part of any award, but may not grant SAMSUNG its attorney fees, expert witness fees or costs unless it is determined that the claim was brought in bad faith. In a Small Claim case, you shall be required to pay no more than half of the total administrative, facility and arbitrator fees, or $50.00 of such fees, whichever is less, and SAMSUNG shall pay the remainder of such fees. Administrative, facility and arbitrator fees for arbitrations in which your total damage claims, exclusive of attorney fees and expert witness fees, exceed $5,000.00 (“Large Claim”) shall be determined according to AAA rules. In a Large Claim case, the arbitrator may grant to the prevailing party, or apportion among the parties, reasonable attorney fees, expert witness fees and costs. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court of competent jurisdiction.This arbitration provision also applies to claims against SAMSUNG’s employees, representatives and affiliates if any such claim arises from the Product’s sale, condition or performance.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Warranty Information 230You may opt out of this dispute resolution procedure by providing notice to SAMSUNG no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the first consumer purchaser’s purchase of the Product. To opt out, you must send notice by e-mail to optout@sta.samsung.com, with the subject line: “Arbitration Opt Out.” You must include in the opt out e-mail (a) your name and address; (b) the date on which the Product was purchased; (c) the Product model name or model number; and (d) the IMEI or MEID or Serial Number, as applicable, if you have it (the IMEI or MEID or Serial Number can be found (i) on the Product box; (ii) on the Product information screen, which can be found under “Settings;” (iii) on a label on the back of the Product beneath the battery, if the battery is removable; and (iv) on the outside of the Product if the battery is not removable). Alternatively, you may opt out by calling 1-888-987-4357 no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the first consumer purchaser’s purchase of the Product and providing the same information. These are the only two forms of notice that will be effective to opt out of this dispute resolution procedure. Opting out of this dispute resolution procedure will not affect the coverage of the Limited Warranty in any way, and you will continue to enjoy the benefits of the Limited Warranty.SeverabilityIf any portion of this Limited Warranty is held to be illegal or unenforceable, such partial illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the enforceability of the remainder of the Limited Warranty.Precautions for Transfer and DisposalIf data stored on this device is deleted or reformatted using the standard methods, the data only appears to be removed on a superficial level, and it may be possible for someone to retrieve and reuse the data by means of special software.To avoid unintended information leaks and other problems of this sort, it is recommended that the device be returned to Samsung’s Customer Care Center for an Extended File System (EFS) Clear which will eliminate all user memory and return all settings to default settings. Please contact the Samsung Customer Care Center for details.Important! Please provide warranty information (proof of purchase) to Samsung’s Customer Care Center in order to provide this service at no charge. If the warranty has expired on the device, charges may apply.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
231Samsung Telecommunications America, LLC1301 E. Lookout DriveRichardson, Texas 75082Phone: 1-800-SAMSUNGPhone: 1-888-987-HELP (4357)No reproduction in whole or in part allowed without prior written approval. Specifications and availability subject to change without notice. [111611]End User License Agreement for SoftwareIMPORTANT. READ CAREFULLY: This End User License Agreement ("EULA") is a legal agreement between you (either an individual or a single entity) and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. ("Samsung") for software, owned by Samsung and its affiliated companies and its third party suppliers and licensors, that accompanies this EULA, which includes computer software and may include associated media, printed materials, "online" or electronic documentation in connection with your use of this device ("Software"). This device requires the use of preloaded software in its normal operation. BY USING THE DEVICE OR ITS PRELOADED SOFTWARE, YOU ACCEPT THE TERMS OF THIS EULA. IF YOU DO NOT ACCEPT THESE TERMS, DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR THE SOFTWARE. 1. GRANT OF LICENSE. Samsung grants you the following rights provided that you comply with all terms and conditions of this EULA: You may install, use, access, display and run one copy of the Software on the local hard disk(s) or other permanent storage media of one computer and use the Software on a single computer or a mobile device at a time, and you may not make the Software available over a network where it could be used by multiple computers at the same time. You may make one copy of the Software in machine readable form for backup purposes only; provided that the backup copy must include all copyright or other proprietary notices contained on the original.Certain items of the Software may be subject to open source licenses. The open source license provisions may override some of the terms of this EULA. We make the applicable open source licenses available to you on the Legal Notices section of the Settings menu of your device.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Warranty Information 2322. RESERVATION OF RIGHTS AND OWNERSHIP. Samsung reserves all rights not expressly granted to you in this EULA. The Software is protected by copyright and other intellectual property laws and treaties. Samsung or its suppliers own the title, copyright and other intellectual property rights in the Software. The Software is licensed, not sold.3. LIMITATIONS ON END USER RIGHTS. You may not reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, or otherwise attempt to discover the source code or algorithms of, the Software (except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law not withstanding this limitation), or modify, or disable any features of, the Software, or create derivative works based on the Software. You may not rent, lease, lend, sublicense or provide commercial hosting services with the Software.4. CONSENT TO USE OF DATA. You agree that Samsung and its affiliates may collect and use technical information gathered as part of the product support services related to the Software provided to you, if any, such as IMEI (your device’s unique identification number), device number, model name, customer code, access recording, your device’s current SW version, MCC (Mobile Country Code), MNC (Mobile Network Code). Samsung and its affiliates may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide customized services or technologies to you and will not disclose this information in a form that personally identifies you. At all times your information will be treated in accordance with Samsung’s Privacy Policy, which can be viewed at: http://account.samsung.com/membership/pp.5. SOFTWARE UPDATES. Samsung may provide to you or make available to you updates, upgrades, supplements and add-on components (if any) of the Software, including bug fixes, service upgrades (parts or whole), products or devices, and updates and enhancements to any software previously installed (including entirely new versions), (collectively “Update”) after the date you obtain your initial copy of the Software to improve the Software and ultimately enhance your user experience with your device. This EULA applies to all and any component of the Update that Samsung may provide to you or make available to you after the date you obtain your initial copy of the Software, unless we provide other terms along with such Update. To use Software provided through Update, you must first be licensed for the Software identified by Samsung as eligible for the Update. After the Update, you may no longer use the Software that formed the basis for your Update eligibility. The updated Software version may add new functions and, in some limited cases, may delete existing functions.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
233While the Update will be generally available, in some limited circumstances, the Software updates will only be offered by your network carrier, and such Software updates will be governed by your contractual relationship with your network carrier.With the “Automatic Update” function enabled (as in the default setting in the System Update menu in the Setting), your device downloads some Updates automatically from time to time. Your device will, however, ask for your consent before installing any Update If you choose to disable the “Automatic Update” function, then you can check the availability of new Updates by clicking on the “Check Update” menu in the Setting. We recommend that you check availability of any new Updates periodically for optimal use of your device. If you want to avoid any use of network data for the Update downloads, then you should choose the “Wi-Fi Only” option in the Setting. (Regardless of the option you choose, the “Automatic Update” function downloads Updates only through Wi-Fi connection.)6. Some features of the Software may require your device to have access to the internet and may be subject to restrictions imposed by your network or internet provider. Unless your device is connected to the internet through Wi-Fi connection, the Software will access through your mobile network, which may result in additional charges depending on your payment plan. In addition, your enjoyment of some features of the Software may be affected by the suitability and performance of your device hardware or data access.7. SOFTWARE TRANSFER. You may not transfer this EULA or the rights to the Software granted herein to any third party unless it is in connection with the sale of the mobile device which the Software accompanied. In such event, the transfer must include all of the Software (including all component parts, the media and printed materials, any upgrades, this EULA) and you may not retain any copies of the Software. The transfer may not be an indirect transfer, such as a consignment. Prior to the transfer, the end user receiving the Software must agree to all the EULA terms.8. EXPORT RESTRICTIONS. You acknowledge that the Software is subject to export restrictions of various countries. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the Software, including all the applicable export restriction laws and regulations.9. TERMINATION. This EULA is effective until terminated. Your rights under this License will terminate automatically without notice from Samsung if you fail to comply with any of the By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Warranty Information 234terms and conditions of this EULA. Upon termination of this EULA, you must cease all use of the Software and destroy all copies, full or partial, of the Software.10. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY. UNLESS SEPARATELY STATED IN A WRITTEN EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY ACCOMPANYING YOUR DEVICE, ALL SOFTWARE PROVIDED BY SAMSUNG WITH THIS MOBILE DEVICE (WHETHER INCLUDED WITH THE DEVICE, DOWNLOADED, OR OTHERWISE OBTAINED) IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND ON AN "AS AVAILABLE" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND FROM SAMSUNG, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT POSSIBLE PURSUANT TO APPLICABLE LAW, SAMSUNG DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY OR WORKMANLIKE EFFORT, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, RELIABILITY OR AVAILABILITY, ACCURACY, LACK OF VIRUSES, QUIET ENJOYMENT, NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR OTHER VIOLATION OF RIGHTS. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW EXCLUSIONS OR LIMITATIONS OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES, SO THE ABOVE EXCLUSIONS OR LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. NO ADVICE OR INFORMATION, WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, OBTAINED BY YOU FROM SAMSUNG OR ITS AFFILIATES SHALL BE DEEMED TO ALTER THIS DISCLAIMER BY SAMSUNG OF WARRANTY REGARDING THE SOFTWARE, OR TO CREATE ANY WARRANTY OF ANY SORT FROM SAMSUNG. 11. THIRD-PARTY APPLICATIONS. Certain third party applications may be included with, or downloaded to this mobile device. Samsung makes no representations whatsoever about any of these applications. Since Samsung has no control over such applications, you acknowledge and agree that Samsung is not responsible for the availability of such applications and is not responsible or liable for any content, advertising, products, services, or other materials on or available from such applications. You expressly acknowledge and agree that use of third party applications is at your sole risk and that the entire risk of unsatisfactory quality, performance, accuracy and effort is with you. It is up to you to take precautions to ensure that whatever you select to use is free of such items as viruses, worms, Trojan horses, and other items of a destructive nature. References on this mobile device to any names, marks, products, or services of any third-parties are provided solely as a convenience to you, and do not constitute or imply an endorsement, sponsorship, or recommendation of, or affiliation with the third party or its products and services. You agree that Samsung shall not be By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
235responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage or loss, including but not limited to any damage to the mobile device or loss of data, caused or alleged to be caused by, or in connection with, use of or reliance on any such third party content, products, or services available on or through any such application. You acknowledge and agree that the use of any third-party application is governed by such third party application provider's Terms of Use, License Agreement, Privacy Policy, or other such agreement and that any information or personal data you provide, whether knowingly or unknowingly, to such third-party application provider, will be subject to such third party application provider's privacy policy, if such a policy exists. SAMSUNG DISCLAIMS ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION OR ANY OTHER PRACTICES OF ANY THIRD PARTY APPLICATION PROVIDER. SAMSUNG EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY REGARDING WHETHER YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION IS CAPTURED BY ANY THIRD PARTY APPLICATION PROVIDER OR THE USE TO WHICH SUCH PERSONAL INFORMATION MAY BE PUT BY SUCH THIRD PARTY APPLICATION PROVIDER.12. SAMSUNG APPLICATIONS. Certain Samsung applications and services may be included with, or downloaded to, this mobile device. Many of them require Samsung Services membership registration (“Samsung Account”), and your rights and obligations will be set forth in separate Samsung Account terms and conditions and privacy policies. There are non-Samsung Account applications and services that require your consent to their separate terms and conditions and privacy policies. You expressly acknowledge and agree that your use of such applications and services will be subject to the applicable terms and conditions and privacy policies.13. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. SAMSUNG WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OF ANY KIND ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE USE OR THE INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE OR ANY THIRD PARTY APPLICATION, ITS CONTENT OR FUNCTIONALITY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES CAUSED BY OR RELATED TO ERRORS, OMISSIONS, INTERRUPTIONS, DEFECTS, DELAY IN OPERATION OR TRANSMISSION, COMPUTER VIRUS, FAILURE TO CONNECT, NETWORK CHARGES, IN-APP PURCHASES, AND ALL OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES EVEN IF SAMSUNG HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE EXCLUSIONS OR LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. NOTWITHSTANDING By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Warranty Information 236THE FOREGOING, SAMSUNG ELECTRONIC CO.'S TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL LOSSES, DAMAGES, CAUSES OF ACTION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THOSE BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR THIRD PARTY APPLICATIONS ON THIS MOBILE DEVICE, OR ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS EULA, SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT PURCHASER PAID SPECIFICALLY FOR THIS MOBILE DEVICE OR ANY SUCH THIRD PARTY APPLICATION THAT WAS INCLUDED WITH THIS MOBILE DEVICE. THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS, EXCLUSIONS, AND DISCLAIMERS (INCLUDING SECTIONS 10, 11, 12 AND 13) SHALL APPLY TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.14. U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS RESTRICTED RIGHTS. The Software is licensed only with "restricted rights" and as "commercial items" consisting of "commercial software" and "commercial software documentation" with only those rights as are granted to all other end users pursuant to the terms and conditions herein. All Products are provided only with "restricted rights" with only those rights as are granted to all other end users pursuant to the terms and conditions herein. All Software and Products are provided subject to Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 52.227.19. 15. APPLICABLE LAW. This EULA is governed by the laws of the jurisdiction where you are a resident or, if a resident of the United States, by the laws of the state of Texas, without regard to its conflict of law provisions. This EULA shall not be governed by the UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, the application of which is expressly excluded. 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION. (a) Non-United States residents. If a dispute, controversy or difference arising in any way from this EULA or your use of the Software is not amicably settled, it shall be subject to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the jurisdiction where you are a resident. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Samsung may apply for injunctive remedies (or an equivalent type of urgent legal relief) in any jurisdiction.(b) United States residents. ALL DISPUTES WITH SAMSUNG ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS EULA OR YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE SHALL BE RESOLVED EXCLUSIVELY THROUGH FINAL AND BINDING ARBITRATION, AND NOT BY A COURT OR JURY. Any such dispute shall not be combined or consolidated with any other person’s or entity’s claim or dispute, and specifically, without limitation of the foregoing, shall not under any circumstances proceed as part of a class By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
237action. The arbitration shall be conducted before a single arbitrator, whose award may not exceed, in form or amount, the relief allowed by the applicable law. The arbitration shall be conducted according to the American Arbitration Association (AAA) Commercial Arbitration Rules applicable to consumer disputes. This arbitration provision is entered pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act. The laws of the State of Texas, without reference to its choice of laws principles, shall govern the interpretation of the EULA and all disputes that are subject to this arbitration provision. The arbitrator shall decide all issues of interpretation and application of this arbitration provision and the EULA. For any arbitration in which your total damage claims, exclusive of attorney fees and expert witness fees, are $5,000.00 or less ("Small Claim"), the arbitrator may, if you prevail, award your reasonable attorney fees, expert witness fees and costs as part of any award, but may not grant Samsung its attorney fees, expert witness fees or costs unless it is determined that the claim was brought in bad faith. In a Small Claim case, you shall be required to pay no more than half of the total administrative, facility and arbitrator fees, or $50.00 of such fees, whichever is less, and Samsung shall pay the remainder of such fees. Administrative, facility and arbitrator fees for arbitrations in which your total damage claims, exclusive of attorney fees and expert witness fees, exceed $5,000.00 ("Large Claim") shall be determined according to AAA rules. In a Large Claim case, the arbitrator may grant to the prevailing party, or apportion among the parties, reasonable attorney fees, expert witness fees and costs. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court of competent jurisdiction. This arbitration provision also applies to claims against Samsung’s employees, representatives and affiliates if any such claim arises from the licensing or use of the Software. You may opt out of this dispute resolution procedure by providing notice to Samsung no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the first consumer purchaser’s purchase of this device. To opt out, you must send notice by e-mail to optout@sta.samsung.com, with the subject line: "Arbitration Opt Out." You must include in the opt out e-mail (a) your name and address; (b) the date on which the device was purchased; (c) the device model name or model number; and (d) the IMEI or MEID or Serial Number, as applicable, if you have it (the IMEI or MEID or Serial Number can be found (i) on the device box; (ii) on the device information screen, which can be found under "Settings;" (iii) on a label on the back of the device beneath the battery, if the battery is removable; and (iv) on the outside of the device if the battery is not By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
Warranty Information 238removable). Alternatively, you may opt out by calling 1-888-987-4357 no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the first consumer purchaser's purchase of the device and providing the same information. These are the only two forms of notice that will be effective to opt out of this dispute resolution procedure. Opting out of this dispute resolution procedure will not affect your use of the device or its preloaded Software, and you will continue to enjoy the benefits of this license.17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; SEVERABILITY. This EULA is the entire agreement between you and Samsung relating to the Software and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written communications, proposals and representations with respect to the Software or any other subject matter covered by this EULA. If any provision of this EULA is held to be void, invalid, unenforceable or illegal, the other provisions shall continue in full force and effect. [050113]By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
239Section 12: Samsung Product RegistrationRegister now atwww.samsung.com/registerGet More• Latest info on promotions, events and special oers on related products• Review Samsung products and share your opinion• Great deals on downloadsSign Up NowCustomize your Samsung device experience• Activate product warranty• Access to a personalized My Samsung Mobile account• No monthly feesScan this code to godirectly to the registration page.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
240IndexAAbc mode 43About Device 158Accounts 145Add accounts 145Adding a New ContactIdle Screen 66Address Book 65Adding a New Contact 66Adding Pauses to Contact Numbers 67Copying a contact to the Phone 76Copying Contacts to Phone 76Copying Contacts to SIM Card 75Deleting Address Book Entries 77Deleting Contacts from SIM card 76Dialing a Number 68Favorites 75Finding an Address Book Entry 69Group Settings 74Managing Address Book Contacts 75Service Dialing Numbers 77Using Contacts List 68Address Book Options 72Adobe PDF 195Air view 135Airplane mode 116, 138Alarm 181Android Beam 121ApplicationsUsing the Camcorder 94Using the Camera 89World Clock 183Applications settingsmanaging 151running services 152AT&T Code Scanner 176AT&T FamilyMap 177AT&T Locker 178AT&T MusicPlaylists 83AT&T Navigator 178AT&T Smart Wi-Fi 170BBack key 27Backing up your data 150Batterycharging 9Installing 7Low Battery Indicator 11Battery Use & Safety 211Bigger FontSetting 148Blocking Mode 146On 146BluetoothOutgoing Headset Condition 60, 141Sending contacts 173BooksPlay Books 193CCalculator 179By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
241Calendar 179Calibration 135Call Functions 473-Way Calling (Multi-Party Calling) 56Address Book 50Adjusting the Call Volume 54Answering a Call 50Call Back Missed Call 52Call Duration 54Call Log 51Call Waiting 58Correcting the Number 48Dialing a Recent Number 48Ending a Call 48International Call 47Making a Call 47Manual Pause Dialing 47Options During a Call 54Putting a Call on Hold 55Saving a recent call number to Address Book 52Searching for a Number in Address Book 58Using the Speakerphone 57Viewing All Calls 51Viewing Missed Calls 51Call rejection 140Camcorder 94Camcorder Options 95Shooting Video 94Camcorder OptionsCamcorder Options after a Video is Taken 97Camera 89Camera Options 90Taking Pictures 89CamercorderTaking Pictures During Video 95Care and Maintenance 216Changing Your Settings 113Charging battery 9ChatON 110Adding a Buddy 111Register 110Using 111Children and Cell Phones 206Clock 181Code Scanner 176Commercial Mobile Alerting System (CMAS) 209Contacts 65CookiesEmptying 164Creating a Playlist 83DDialing Options 51Displayicons 23Using Negative Colors 148Display / Touch-Screen 214Do cell phones pose a health hazard? 202Downloads 185Draft Messages 99Driving Mode 127EEarth 186Email 105Creating a Corporate Email Account 106By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
242Creating Additional Email Accounts 106Switching Between Email Accounts 107Emergency Calls 215Making 48With SIM 48Without SIM 48Entering Text 41Changing the Text Entry Mode 42Using 123Sym Mode 43Using Abc Mode 43Using Swype 44, 45Using Symbol/Numeric Mode 43Exposure to Radio Frequency (RF) Signals 202FFamily Map 177FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility (HAC) Regulations for Wireless Devices 221FCC Notice and Cautions 223Featured Apps 186Flipboard 186Font SizeCaption 199Changing 148GGallery 86viewing pictures 87viewing videos 87Gestures 133Browse Image 28Direct call 28Mute/pause 29Overview 28Zoom 28Getting Started 6Setting Up Your Phone 6Voice mail 13Gmail 107Google Earth 186Google Maps 188Google Play Music 84Google Voice Typing 44Google voice typing settings 128GPS 215GroupAdding a contact 74Editing 74Removing a contact 74Group SettingsEditing a Caller Group 74HHandwriting feature 44Health and Safety Information 202Home key 27Home screen mode 126Hotspot Guru 170Hotspots 116, 117, 119, 170IIconsIndicator 23Icons, description 23In-Call Options 54Incognito 162Create Window 162Exit Window 162International Call 47Internet 160JJoining Contacts 70By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
243KKeyboard Input Methods 128Keyboard settings 129KeypadChanging Text Input 42Kies via Wi-Fi 119LLandscape 42Language and input 128Language and keyboard settingsselect locale 128Local 187Location services 137Location services settings 123Lock ScreenSay Wake-Up Command 124Shortcuts 124MMaps 188Media Hub 78Memory Card 40Memory Card Installation 8Menukey 27Menu Navigation 27MessageReply 112Message Options 99Message Search 103MessagingAdding a Signature 105Block Unknown Senders 105Creating and Sending Text Messages 98Deleting a message 102Draft 99Gmail 107Handwriting 44Locked 100Options 99Scheduled Messages 100Settings 103Signing into Email 105Signing into Gmail 107Spam 100Split View 103Types of Messages 98Messenger 109, 189microSD card 8, 40Installing 8Removing 8microSDHC card 8, 40Mobile Hotspot 119Mobile Web 160Entering Text in the Mobile Web Browser 161Navigating with the Mobile Web 160Using Bookmarks 162MonoAudio Setup 149Motion 134Motions 133Movies 86Multi WindowActivate/Deactivate 31Customizing 32Increase App Window Size 34Maximize App 34Panel Relocation 31Rearrange Apps 32By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
244Removing Apps 32Restoring Apps 32Running Multiple Apps 33Switch Arrangement 33Tab Repositioning 31Using 30Multimedia 78Music File Extensions3GP 81AAC 81AAC+ 81eAAC+ 81M4A 81MP3 81MP4 81WMA 81Music Hub 80Making a Purchase 81Music Player 81adding music 84creating a playlist 83removing music 84Mute 55, 58My Files 190myAT&T 191NNavigation 192command keys 27context-sensitive menus 27terms used 27touch gestures 27Navigator 178Nearby devices 121Negative Colors 148NFCOn 87OOperating Environment 219Other Important Safety Information 224PPC Connections 174Personal Localized Alerting Network (PLAN) 209PhoneFront View 16icons 23Rear View 18Side View 17Switching On/Off 11Pictures 86Gallery 86Sharing 87Places 193Play Books 193Play Movies & TV 86Play Music 84Play Store 194Pointer speed 133Polaris Office 4.0 195Polaris® Office 195Power Saving Mode 147PoweringOff 11On 11Privacy settingsfactory data reset 150QQWERTY keypad 42RReady2Go 12By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
245Reducing ExposureHands-Free Kits and Other Accessories 205Reject list 53Resetfactory data 150Responsible Listening 217Restricting Children's Access to Your Mobile device 223SS Beam 121On 87Sharing Multiple Pictures 88Sharing Pictures 87S Note 195S PenFunctionality 19Settings 136S Suggest 195S Voice 196Set Wake-Up Command 124SafeSearchFiltering 199Samsung Mobile Products and Recy-cling 213scientific calculator 179SD Card 40Security 137, 138, 150Security settingsdevice administration 156trusted credentials 157Service Dialing Numbers 77Settings 113SIM cardinstallation 7Installing 6Smart Practices While Driving 209Smart screen 135Smart Switch 15Smart Wi-Fi 170Snooze 182Software Update 159SpamBlock Unknown Senders 105Manually Register a Number 105Register a Phrase 105Settings 105Spam Messages 100Assigning 100Speakerphone Key 57Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) Certi-fication Information 207Standard Limited Warranty 226Stopwatch 184Swap 56SWYPEentering text using 44, 45SwypeCellular Data 132Swype Keypad Settings 131Swype Settings 45Symbol/Numeric mode 43Synchronization settingsauto-sync 123Synchronizing Accounts 145TTethering 119Text InputAbc mode 43Methods 42numeric mode 43symbol mode 43By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
246Timer 184Automatic Answering 60, 141Touch Screen 12Lock/Unlock 12Transferring Large Files 87Travel Charger 9Using 10TTY Mode 63, 144UUL Certified Travel Charger 214Understanding Your Phone 15Features of Your Phone 15Front View 16Rear View 18Side Views 17Unmute 55USB settingsmass storage device 174USB Tethering 119Using FavoritesAdding Favorites 163Deleting a Favorite 163Editing Favorites 163VVideo Player 85Voice control 136Voice MailAccessing 14From Another Phone 14Setup 13Voice Recorder 197Volume 138WWarranty Information 226Web 160WidgetsGmail 186Settings 196Voice Recorder 197Wi-Fi 167using Kies via Wi-Fi 122Wi-Fi Direct 114, 169Wi-Fi Settings 114World ClockDeleting an Entry 184World clock 183YYouTube 198High Quality 199SafeSearch Filtering 199Settings 199YPmobile (Yellowpages mobile) 200By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary
247Legal Notice 1. All functionality, descriptions, ideas, drawings, features, specifications and other information provided in this document are (i) Samsung's proprietary and confidential information, (ii) subject to the non-disclosure agreement regarding Project H and Project B, (iii) provided for discussion purpose only, and (iv) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. 2. Samsung reserves the right to make changes to this document, at any time, without obligation on Samsung to provide notification of such change. 3. Nothing in this document grants to the recipient any license or right in or to information or materials provided in this document, or any intellectual property therein. SAMSUNG PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL 4. THIS DOCUMENT AND ANY INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN ARE PROVIDED ON "AS IS" BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER IMPLIED OR EXPRESSED.By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Draft Confidential and Proprietary

Navigation menu